nn mé nm me nn £ cn Be rl UT ttttti OUR HARVARD , ., ; UuNivER Société Belge de Malacologie association sans but lucratif VOL. 8 (1-2) MARS 1993 SOMMAIRE C. Van Osselaer Studies on Olividae. XV. Anterior notch measurements B. Tursch as taxonomic characters in the genus O/iva il B. Tursch Studies on Olividae. XVI. Fasciolar region measurements J. Bouillon as taxonomic characters in the genus Oliva 11 R.G. Moolenbeek New cones from Oman and the status of Conus boschi H.E. Coomans (Gastropoda, Conidae) 19 E. de C. Rios Volvarina pontesi, a new bathyal marginellid (Mollusca, J.H. Leal Gastropoda) from off Brazil 21 L. Bozzetti Description of a new species of the genus Favartia Jousseaume, 1880 (Gastropoda, Muricidae) from the Indian Ocean 31 R. Houart A remarkable new species of Poireria (Flexopteron) (Gastropoda, Muricidae) from the Philippine Islands 33 J.M. Lauer Description of a new species and a new subspecies of Conus (Mollusca, Prosobranchia, Conidae) from the Canary Islands 37 R. Peuchot The distribution of molluscs in beach deposits as A. Tassin identification of recent changes in the littoral 51 Périodique trimestriel Bureau de dépôt 1180 Bruxelles 18. Editeur responsable Comité d'édition R. Duchamps | Dr. Y. Finet | L. Germain | R. Houart Dr. CI. Massin | Prof. B. Tursch | Dr. J. Van Goethem | Les articles et textes présentés dans cette revue réflètent l'opinion personnelle de leur(s) auteur(s), et non pas nécessairement celle de la Société ou de l'éditeur responsable. Tous droits de reproduction, de traduction et d'adaptation des articles publiés dans ce bulletin, réservés pour tous pays. All rights of reproduction are reserved without the written permission of the board. Belgique - Belgium [avec le service des bulletins) Membre effectif 900 BEF Membre étudiant 500 BEF (sans le service des bulletins) Personne appartenant à la famille d'un membre effectif et ayant la même résidence 400 BEF Versements à effectuer au C.C.P. n° 0000974225:54 de la Société Belge de Malacologie c/o M. J. Buyle, Av. M. Maeterlinck, 56, 1030 Bruxelles. Etranger - Foreign Abonnement aux revues APEX & ARION : Subscription to APEX & ARION 1400 BEF Versement à effectuer par mandat postal international ou pe chèque bancaire en francs belges uniquement. ayable, by international money order, or by bank check in Belgian Ë au nom de at name of : M. J. Buyle Av. Maurice Maeterlinck, 56, bte 8 B-1030 Bruxelles. rancs only. CONSEIL D'ADMINISTRATION DE LA SOCIETE BELGE DE MALACOLOGIE ° Président : MR. Duchamps, Av. Mozart, 52, 1 190 Bruxelles © : (02) 344.15.47 ° Vice présidents : Dr. Y. Finet, 16 Chemin des Clochetes, CH-1206, Genève (Suisse) 7:41-22-46.77.95 | M. R. Houart, St. Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Landen (Ezemaal) © : (016) 78.86.16 | e Secrétaire Mme J. Masson, Rue du Merlo, 10, 1180 Bruxelles © : (02) 376.62.25 e Trésorier M. J. Buyle, Av. Maeterlinck, 56, bte 8, 1030 Bruxelles © : (02) 216.68.21 e Bibliothécaire Mme M.L. Buyle, Av. Maeterlinck, 56, bte 8, 1030 Bruxelles © : (02) 216.68.21 e Relations publiques M. G. Geeraerts, Stationsstraat, 2, 1930 Zaventem © : (02) 720.87.66 | e Administrateurs Mme M.L. Bresson, Place Guy d'Arezzo, 7, 1060 Bruxelles © : (02] 343.62.38 M. L. Germain, Rue de Linthout, 77, 1040 Bruxelles © : (02) 734.80.11 | Mme À. Langleit, Av. Cicéron, 27, bte 92, 1 140 Bruxelles M : (02) 720.41.61 | M. C. Van Osselaer, Chée de Waterloo, 512, 1060 Bruxelles & : (02) 347.36.84 | M. E. Waiengnier, Rue C. Wolles, 42, 1030 Bruxelles ® : (02) 241.51.80 | VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH Studies on Olividae. XV. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. Studies on Olividae. XV. Anterior notch measurements as taxonomic characters in the genus Oliva. C. VAN OSSELAER and B. TURSCH. Laboratoire de Bio-Ecologie, Faculté des Sciences, Université Libre de Bruxelles, 50, Av. F.D. Roosevelt, 1050 Brussels KEY WORDS. Mollusca, Gastropoda, Oliva, taxonomy, morphometry, anterior notch. MOTS-CLEFS. Mollusca, Gastropoda, Oliva, morphométrie, taxonomie, échancrure antérieure. ABSTRACT. Four novel measurements of the anterior notch are defined and their potential for Oliva taxonomy evidenced. Reproducibility of measurements and causes of error have been studied. RESUME. Quatre nouvelles mesures de l'échancrure antérieure sont définies et leur potentiel pour la taxonomie du genre Oliva est mise en évidence. La reproductibilité des mesures et les causes d'erreur ont été étudiées. 1. INTRODUCTION Shell morphometry appears to be the most practical, objective approach to the taxonomy of the genus Oliva. Sets of protoconch meas- urements (TURSCH & GERMAIN, 1985 and 1986), teleoconch measurements (TURSCH & GERMAIN, 1985) and measurements of the subsutural groove (TURSCH & VAN OSSE- LAER, 1987; VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH, 1988) have therefore been defined and tested. These measurements have repeatedly been shown to be useful and reliable taxonomic characters (TURSCH, GERMAIN & GREIFENEDER, 1986a and 1986b; TURSCH & HUART, 1988; TURSCH & GREIFENEDER, 1989; TURSCH & GREIFENEDER, 1989; TURSCH & HUART, 1990; TURSCH, MISSA & BOUILLON, 1992). Our search for additional shell characters has led us to test the possibilities offered by measurements of the anterior notch, which is conspicuous in all Olividae (see Fig. 1). The anterior notch does not possess any sharp discontinuity that could be utilized as obvious pointers and repeated attempts at direct measurements on the shell (TURSCH & GERMAIN, unpublished results) have been shown to lack both precision and reproducibil- ity. Indirect measurements are far more convenient and we wish to report here that ac- curate observations can be made on imprints of the anterior canal. The present paper aims solely at defining these measurements and testing their taxonomic potential. À À Fig. 1. Ventral and dorsal view of an Oliva shell. The arrows point at the anterior notch. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. En] ANUA vi Fig. 2. Making a modelling clay imprint of the anterior notch of an Ofiva shell. 2. METHODS 2.1. Making an imprint The shell to be measured is presented ver- tically (apex up) and then carefully lowered upon a flat, horizontal surface of modelling clay (plasticine) (Fig. 2). One should ensure simultaneous contact of the lowest points of both the columellar lip and the outer lip with the clay surface. A very slight vertical pres- sure on the shell then vields an accurate imprint, consisting of two distinct traces of comparable size. 2.2. Drawing the imprint The imprint is then carefuly drawn, using the camera lucida attachment of a binocular lens. The size of the drawing is controlled by adjusting the magnification to obtain a length of 2 to 5 cm for each trace. A segment of 1 mm is also drawn as an internal length refer- ence, using a precalibrated ocular reticulum. The length of this reference segment on the drawing will be called REF. Studies on Olividae. XV. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH REF Fig. 3. Typical imprint of the anterior notch of an Oliva shell. REF is 1 mm reference segment. The trace of the outer lip is at the left, that of the columellar lip at the right. The deepest part of each trace is also represented (see text, section 2.3). 2.3. Geometrical construction on the drawing The deepest part of each trace is quasi-lin- car. It is carefully drawn for each trace (see Fig. 3), then graphically extrapolated by tracing the lines a and b (see Fig. 4 ). Line a is the direction of the lower edge of the outer lip and line b that of the lower edge of the co- lumellar lip. Points A, B, C and D are defined as the intersections of lines a and b with the contours of the traces. Lines a and b intersect at point G. Point E and F are defined as the midpoints of segments AB and CD, respectively (Fig. 5). 2.4. Measurements Let us define (see Fig. 5) the linear meas- urement DN as EF/REF (where REF stands for the length of the 1 mm internal reference segment described hereabove). DN is thus the length of the segment EF, expressed in milli- meters. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH REF \ b 2 - - PL - Fig. 4. First step of the geometrical construction on the drawing of the imprint (see text, section 2.3). Let us also define (see Fig. 5) the angular measurements @ as the angle of the lines a and b; 8 as the angle of the lines EF and EG: 6 as the third angle of the triangle AFG. AIl angles are expressed in degrees. Determination of two of any of these angles automatically defines the third one, as their sum is equal to 180°. The angles can either be measured with a protractor, or calculated from the lengths of the segments EF, EG and FG. For the latter case, a little, simplistic computer program based upon relations such as cosB = (EF2+EG2-FG2)/2+EF+EG instantly vields the desired angles. Studies on Olividae. XV. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. Fig. 5. Second step of the geometrical construction on the drawing of the imprint (see text, section 2.3). The two methods (direct protractor meas- urements and calculation from the lengths of sides of the triangle EFG) have been compared by performing both types of measurements on ten photocopies of the same drawing. This was done both for a large (Oliva porphyria, speci- men BT-0345, H [height]: 114 mm) and a small species (Oliva hilli, specimen BT-6206, H: 12 mm). The results are given in Table 1. It can be seen that angles «a, 8 and 8 are more accurate when calculated than when directly measured, especially when the angles are small. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. 2.5. Practical tips Best results have been obtained by using dark colored modelling clay (the better con- trast makes the drawing easier). The quasi-lin- car, deepest part of the trace is located nearly in the middle of the groove and 1s easier to observe on rather shallow imprints (where shade 1s no problem). À minimum of practice 1s strongly advised before attempting actual taxonomic work; some training greatly decreases the dispersion of the measurements. For two series of ten measurements, separated by 30 other trials, the performance of a naïve observer (expressed in CV) improved from 4.80 to 2.20 for the measurement of DN, from 14.68 to 7.14 for a, from 3.61 to 2.70 for B and from 4.12 to 2.25 for 8 , all angles being calculated as decribed above. Fig. 6. Four imprints of the same shell (Oliva sayana BT-5315, H: 70.9 mm). The traces of the outer lip (length: OTR) are represented on the left, the traces of the columellar lip (length: CTR) are on the right. DN is 39 mm. Imprints vary both in size and in shape (see text, section 2.6). Imprints À and B are not recommended for measurements but imprints C and D do meet the requirements (see text, section 2.7). Studies on Olividae. XV. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH 2.6. Variability of imprints The expressions "a very slight vertical pressure" (section 2.1) vielding "rather shallow imprints" (section 2.5) are very vague. There is no easy, practical way of measuring the pressure exerted on the shell or depth of imprint 1n soft material. In order to be repro- ducible, the process clearly needs a more accu- rate description. For a given shell, the length of the traces is of course positively correlated with the depth of the imprint. Furthermore, as the Oliva shell is not a regular surface of revolution, it is to be expected that the shape of the traces will also vary with the depth of the imprint. The shape will also be affected with deviations to verti- cality. This 1s indeed the case as evidenced in Fig. 6 where the trace of the outer lip is represented on the left. 2.7. Choice of suitable imprints If one produces a quantity of imprints of a given specimen on a slab of modelling clay, it will be seen at a glance that these imprints are very variable. The problem of which particular imprint to choose for measurements immedi- ately arises. Imprints can be characterized by the absolute size of one trace (roughly proportional to the vertical pressure exerted on the shell) and by the relative size of the two traces (roughly dependent upon deviations from verticality). This will allow an empirical optimization of experimental conditions. The graph of Fig. 7 shows the values of DN obtained for a series of purposely variable imprints obtained from the same shell (Oiva sayana BT-5315, H: 70.9 mm). Each imprint is characterized by the length (the largest diameter, not to be confused with AB or CD) of the trace of its columellar lip (CTR) and the length of the trace of its outer lip (OTR). One sees that consistent values are ob- tained in a region where the lengths of both traces do not differ by more than 10 % and lie between 0.5 and 0.75 times the length of DN. As an example, if we apply the above guidelines to the imprints depicted in Fig. 6, where DN is 39 mm, we can see that imprint A (OTR: 17 mm, CTR: 24 mm) should be VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH rejected because the lengths of its traces differ too much: CTR does not lie within the limits of OTR plus or minus 10%. Imprint B (OTR: 40 mm, CTR: 38.5mm) should be rejected be- cause the traces are too large (more than 0.75 DN). Imprints C (OTR: 28 mm, CTR: 28 mm) and D (OTR: 19,5 mm, CTR: 18 mm) are adequate. All these precautions might appear quite intricate but were needed mainly to avoid gross errors. In practice, the method 1s quite simple and very fast. It takes only seconds to produce a quantity of imprints of a given specimen and with a bit of experience, a suitable imprint will be recognized at first sight. CTR 80 7.8 19 . Le 7.9 79 84 81 es 11 né LA RAT ANS ” a 1284 82 na 1 8.3 BB EEE 0 2 7 0 0 6 RE 84 84 y 8.3 01 s4 80 85 8.3 Lui 48.0 0] 0.75 DN OTR 45 mm Fig. 7. Values of DN measured on a series of imprints obtained from the same shell (Oliva sayana BT-5315, H: 70.9 mm). To represent the variability, the values of DN are plotted for different lengths of the traces of the co- lumellar lip (CTR) and the outer lip (OTR). The recommended working zone is deline- ated by broken lines (see text, section 2.7) Studies on Olividae. XV. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. 3. REPRODUCIBILITY and PRECISION Before any taxonomic application, one has to assess the limits of confidence of these new measurements and to evaluate the relative contribution of the various possible sources of error. The three consecutive phases of the proc- ess described hereabove can each lead to a different type of error: A. error due to the inaccuracy of the geo- metrical construction and the measurements on the drawing. B. error due to the inaccuracy of the drawing of the imprint. C. error due to the non-reproducibility of the imprint process. 3.1. We have first compared the measure- ments performed by two independent observers on ten photocopies of the same drawing. In this case we deal only with error A. This was done both for a large (O. porphyria, specimen BT-345, height: 114 mm) and a small species (O. hilli, specimen BT-6206, height: 12 mm). The angles were obtained by calculation from the lengths of the sides of the triangle EFG. The results are given in Table 2, where the dispersion of the data can be evaluated by the standard deviation S or the coefficient of variability CV, which 1s the standard deviation as percentage of the mean (MAYR, 1969). It can be seen that error À is very small and that the two observers obtained practically the same values. 3.2. We have then compared the measure- ments performed by two independent observers on ten different drawings of the same imprint. In this case we cumulate two types of error (A and B). This was done both for a large (O. porphyria, specimen BT-345, height: 114 mm) and a small species (O0. hilli, speci- men BT-6206, height: 12 mm). The results are given in Table 3. 3.3. Finally, we have compared the meas- urements performed by two independent ob- servers on ten different imprints of the same shell. In this case we cumulate the three types APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993 of error (A.,B and C). This was done both for a large (O. porphyria, specimen BT-345, height: 114 mm) and a small species (Q. hilli, speci- men BT-6206, height: 12 mm). The results are given in Table 4. 3.4. In conclusion, the mean values ob- tained by separate observers are quite compat- ible: they differ by less than 0.1 mm on distances and 2° on angles. Their precision 1s also quite similar. The contribution of the various types of error can be very roughly estimated by observ- ing the evolution of the average values of the coefficients of variability (CV) obtained by two independent observers on the same shell during the three steps of the process. This was done both for a large (O. porphyria, specimen BT-345, height: 114 mm) and a small species (O. hilli, specimen BT-6206, height: 12 mm). The results are given in Table 5. Errors of type A (geometrical construction and measurements on the drawing) are very small and probably negligible for practical purposes. Excepted for @&, the overall dispersions seem roughly independent of the size of the shell. The greatest dispersion is observed for & , which is a much smaller angle than 8 or 0: the same angular error will result in a much larger relative error. Errors of type B (inaccuracy of the draw- ing of the imprint) are by far the largest contributor to the total error on &. They are largely due to the extrapolation error when tracing lines a and b. As only two of the three angles need to be determined (see section 2.4) it is preferable to select the larger angles B and 8. 4. VARIATION WITH SIZE Before attempting actual taxonomic work, one should first establish whether the measure- ments defined hereabove are dependent upon the size of the shell or not. Studies on Olividae. XV. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH degrees DN Fig. 8. Anterior notch measurements on a growth series of Oliva sayana. DN (black circles) increases linearly with the heigth of the shell (H). The angular measurements (open triangles), R (open circles) and 8 (open squares) do not significantly vary with H. The linear measurement DN (the width of the anterior notch) could be expected to be size-dependent. Indeed, DN increases linearly with the height of the shell (H) as shown in Fig. 8. DN is also correlated (not 1llustrated) with other linear shell measurements (the width D, the length of the lip L, etc ..). On the contrary, the angles «, B and 6 appear not to vary significantly with shell size. As Oliva shells show considerable vari- ations in size, it follows that DN values are better utilized under a reduced form (expressed as a ratio to some other linear shell measure- ment) such as DN/H or expressed as DN/pnw (pnw being the number of postnuclear whorls). For a given species, the angles «, 8 and 8 VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH should be treated as constants. It would indeed make little sense to utilize values as B/pnw: it would simply amount to another expression of pnw, with the introduction of a supplementary error due to the measurement of S. 5. TAXONOMIC APPLICATION Discrimination tests utilizing only the measurements described here were performed on fifty Oliva species (unpublished), with encourageing results. To give an example amongst many others, the clear separation of five species on the basis of anterior notch characters alone (scatter diagram of DN/H versus B) is shown in Fig. 9. One should remember that only two of the angles a, 8 and 6 should be utilized at the same time in the biometric analysis of a given species (the third angle being necessarily redundant). 6. DISCUSSION The measurements described hereabove are quite easy and fast (less than 5 minutes). Their precision and reproducibility have been proven satisfactory. The anterior notch has been shown to vield stable and operational taxonomic characters. At this stage, we do not know if these characters are significant at another level than specific. One of the advantages of these characters is that the anterior notch region is habitually intact, even in severely damaged shells. These measurements do not require perfect speci- mens and could be performed on fossil mate- rial. Anterior notch characters are not restricted to the genus Oliva and their use could be extended to other gastropod groups. Prelimi- nary tests on other genera of Olividae (Agaronia, Olivella, Olivancillaria, Ancilla) yielded promising results (unpublished). Re- search along these lines is being pursued in our laboratory. Studies on Olividae. XV. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. 50 55 60 65 Fig. 9. Separation of five Ofiva species on a scatter diagram of R versus DN/H. Minimum convex polygons. Stars: Ofiva bulbiformis; black circles: ©. carneola; open triangles: ©. bulbosa; black triangles: ©. australis; black squares : ©. dubia. 7. MATERIAL EXAMINED "JS-" specimen numbers refer to shells in the J. Senders collection and "BT-" to shells in the B. Tursch collection (both in Brussels). Oliva australis Duclos, 1835. AUSTRA- LIA: BT-1476 and BT-1478 (no loc); BT- 3600 (Brighton), BT-5301 (Freemantle); BT- 4506 (Yorke). O. bulbiformis Duclos, 1835. INDONE- SIA, Bali: JS-028, JS-029, BT-1549 and BT- 1551. PHILIPPINES: BT-1556 (Bohol). O. bulbosa Rôding, 1798. ABU DHABJI: BT-4604, BT-4605, BT-4606, BT-4607 and BT-4608. O. carneola Gmelin, 1791. SOLOMONS-: BT-0301 (Guadalcanal);, BT-2516 (Langa- langa);, BT-2548, BT-2549 and BT-2553 (no loc.). APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. O. dubia Schepman, 1911. PAPUA-NEW GUINEA: BT-4928, BT-4929, BT-4930, BT- 4931 and BT-4932 (Hansa Bay, 50 m). O. hilli Petuch & Sargent, 1986. TONGA: BT-6026 (Vava'u IL). O. porphyria Linnaeus, 1758. W. MEX- ICO: BT-0345 (Bahia San Augustino, Sonora). O. sayana Ravenel, 1834. U.S.A., Florida: BT-6671 (no loc); BT-5315, BT-5316, BT- 5318, BT-4072 and BT-4074 (off Cape Canaveral); BT-4094 and BT-4098 (Sanibel L.); BT-4097 (Tampa Bay); BT-0944 (Marco Beach), BT-6672, BT-6673, BT-6674 and BT-6675 (Port St. Joe Bay). Acknowledgements. We are grateful to the Fonds National de la Recherche Scientifique (F.N.R.S) for sup- porting our research. We thank Mr Patrick WILLECOMME for his kind help, Mr. Olivier MISSA for his participation in numerous tests and his constructive criticism, Dr. Jacques SENDERS for the loan of specimens, and Mrs. Nicole VAN MOL for her help with the shell drawings. REFERENCES MAYR, E., 1969. Principles of systematic zoology. McGrawHill, New York. TURSCH, B., 1988. Studies on Olividae. VIIL. Protoconch measurements as supras- pecific characters in the family Olividae. Veliger, 31: 244-251]. TURSCH, B. and L. GERMAIN, 1985. Studies on Olividae. I. À morphometric ap- proach to the Oliva problem. /ndo-Malayan Zoology, 2: 331-352. TURSCH, B. and L. GERMAIN, 1986. Studies on Olividae. IL. Further protoconch morphometrical data for Oliva taxonomy. APEX, 1(2): 39-45. TURSCH, B., L. GERMAN and D. GREIFENEDER, 1986a. Studies on Olividae. IT. Description of a novel subspecies : Oliva bulowi phuketensis. APEX, 1(3): 71-87. Studies on Olividae. XV. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH TURSCH, B., L. GERMAN and D. GREIFENEDER, 1986b. Studies on Olividae. IV. Oliva annulata Gmelin, 1791 (of authors) : a confusion of species. Zndo-Malayan Zool- ogy, 3: 189-216. TURSCH, B. and D. GREIFENEDER, 1989. Studies on Olividae. X. The taxonomic status of Oliva esiodina Duclos, 1844, ©. duclosi Reeve, 1850 and ©. lentiginosa Reeve, 1850. APEX, 4(4): 57-68. TURSCH, B. and D. GREIFENEDER, 1989. Studies on Olividae. XI. Oliva chrysoplecta sp.n., à familiar, undescribed Western Pacific species. APEX, 4(4): 69-84. TURSCH, B. and D. HUART, 1988. Studies on Olividae. VII Note on Oliva dolicha Locard,1896, ©. flammulata Lamarck, 1810 and ©. flammulata verdensis Petuch & Sar- gent, 1986. APEX, 3: 39-46. TURSCH, B. and D. HUART, 1990. Studies on Olividae. XII The "Oiva problem" in America: a preliminary survey. APEX, 5(3/4): 51-73. TURSCH, B. , O. MISSA and J. BOUILLON, 1992. Studies on Olividae. XIV. The taxo- nomic structure of Oliva oliva (auct.). APEX, 7(1): 3-22. TURSCH, B. et C. VAN OSSELAER, 1987. Studies on Olividae. VI. Sutures measure- ments as taxonomic characters in the genus Oliva. APEX 2(3/4): 69-84. VAN OSSELAER, C. et B. TURSCH, 1988. Studies on Olividae. IX. Ten additional suture characters for Oliva taxonomy. APEX, 3(4): 81-87. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH Studies on Olividae. XV. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. O. porphyria O. hilli | | 0.607 | Table 1. Comparison of two methods of obtention of angles &, R and 6. Test on ten photocopies of the same drawing (imprints of Oliva porphyria, specimen BT-345, H: 114 mm and Ofiva hilli, specimen BT-6206, H: 12 mm). Angles are in degrees. (m) indicates angles directly measured with a protractor, (c) indicates angles calculated from the sides of triangle EFG. S is the standard deviation and CV is the coefficient of variation. nee Se ae CV Won tement fe Sa 1oef 2e Vie à Table 2. Evaluation of error À (see text, section 3.1). Statistics on ten measurements performed by two independent observers on ten photocopies of the same drawing (imprints of Ofiva porphyria, specimen BT-345, H: 114 mm and Oliva hilli, specimen BT-6206, H: 12 mm). Angles are in degrees, DN in mm (0) indicates the angles are calculated (see text). S is the standard deviation and CV is the coefficient of variation. DES ICT Table 3. Evaluation of error A+B (see text, section 3.2). Statistics on ten measurements per- formed by two independent observers on ten different drawings of the same imprint (O/iva porphyria, specimen BT-345, H: 114 mm and Ofiva hilli, specimen BT-6206, H: 12 mm). Angles are in degrees, DN in mm, (c) indicates the angles are calculated (see text). S is the standard deviation and CV is the coefficient of variation. APEX 8(1-2): 1-10, mars 1993. Studies on Olividae. XV. VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH (ment. |. Sels iCNR ES) Oliva porphyria Lac). 2 2 1.5 201 RES Oliva hilli Table 4. Evaluation of error A+B+C (see text, section 3.3). Statistics on ten measurements performed by two independent observers on ten different imprints of the same imprint (O/iva porphyria, specimen BT-345, H: 114 mm and Ofiva hill, specimen BT-6206, H: 12 mm). Angles are in degrees, DN in mm, (c) indicates the angles are calculated (see text). S is the standard deviation and CV is the coefficient of variation. 21 Table 5. Contribution of the different sources of error to the total dispersion of measurements ef- fected on the same shell. The values given are the average of the two coefficients of variability (CV) obtained by two independent observers (see Tables 2,3 and 4). 10 TURSCH & BOUILLON Studies in Olividae. XVI. Studies on Olividae. XVI. Fasciolar region measurements as taxonomic characters in the genus Oliva. B. TURSCH and J. BOUILLON Laboratoire de Bio-Ecologie and Laboratoire de Zoologie, Faculté des Sciences, Université Libre de Bruxelles, 50, Av. F.D. Roosevelt, 1050 Brussels KEY WORDS. Mollusca, taxonomy. Gastropoda, Oliva, morphometry, fasciolar region, MOTS-CLEFS. Mollusca, Gastropoda, Oliva, morphométrie, région fasciolaire, taxonomie. ABSTRACT. Novel shell measurements of the fasciolar region of Oliva shells are defined. The reproducibility of these measurements has been tested and their potential for Oliva taxonomy evidenced. RESUME. De nouvelles mesures de la région fasciolaire des coquilles d'Oliva sont définies. La reproductibilité de ces mesures ainsi que leur potentiel pour la taxonomie APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 du genre Oliva ont été démontrés. 1. INTRODUCTION Shell morphometry has been demonstrated to be a convenient, objective tool for the clarification of the complex taxonomy of the genus Oliva (TURSCH & GERMAIN, 1985, TURSCH, GERMAIN and GREIFENEDER, 1986a and 1986b; TURSCH and HUART, 1988; TURSCH and GREIFENEDER, 1989: TURSCH and (GREIFENEDER, 1989: TURSCH and HUART, 1990, TURSCH, MISSA & BOUILLON, 1992). The power of the biometrical approach increases with the number of available, operational, independent characters. The search for additional Oliva shell characters is thus a continuing endeavour in this laboratory (TURSCH & GERMAIN, 1985 and 1986: TURSCH & VAN OSSELAER, 1987; VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH, 1988; VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH, 1992). We wish to report here on the possibilities offered by measurements of the fasciolar zone that is a conspicuous feature of all Oliva shells (see Fig. 1). Quantitative measurements in the fasciolar region are still unexplored in the genus Oliva, but have already been utilized as taxonomic characters for Ancilla by KILBURN (1981), who measured the width of the ancillid band and expressed it as a ratio against the width of the fasciolar band taken at the labium. The fasciolar region has been described and discussed in detail by OLSSON (1956) for the genus Olivella and by KILBURN (1981) for the genus Ancilla. There is no detailed discussion of these features in the two latest review works on the genus Oliva (ZEIGLER & PORRECA, 1969 and PETUCH & SARGENT, 1986) and a short description of the fasciolar region of Oliva will thus be given hereunder. Il) APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 posterior fasciolar groove anterior ee fasciolar groove | band ré f: NE STRESS posterior main plait Fig. 1. General ventral view of an Oliva shell with characteristical features of the fasciolar region to apex posterior fasciolar « à posterior groove rs) OSCiOlO "ee ridge fasciolar band anterior fasciolar | ridge anterior fasciolar groove ridge of ÿ à) POSIErIOr main plait Fig. 2. Characteristical features of the fasciolar region of an Ofiva shell. Greatly enlarged side view of the fasciolar region. 12 Studies in Olividae. XVI. TURSCH & BOUILLON Fig. 1 provides a general ventral view and Fig. 2 a greatly enlarged side view of the fasciolar region of Oliva shells. In all Oliva shells, the anterior, ventral portion 1s sharply marked off by an incised line, the posterior fasciolar groove, closely followed by an abapical small raised edge, the posterior fasciolar ridge. The anterior part of the fasciolar region is again marked off by another incised line, the anterior fasciolar groove, also closely followed by an abapical raised edge, the anterior fasciolar ridge. Between the posterior and the anterior fasciolar grooves is a region called the fasciolar band. It often presents quite characteristical colour patterns. These have been utilized for instance for the description of O. australis pallescens and ©. kurzi by PETUCH & SARGENT (1986) and for the distinction between ©. mantichora and 0. amethystina by TURSCH, GERMAN & GREIFENEDER (1986b). The anterior region delimited by the anterior fasciolar groove 1is the fasciole, covered by a thick callous growth. This is a very obvious feature: its texture contrasts conspicuously with that of the remainder of the shell and its colour is also different. The fasciole is crossed by one or several prominent spiral ridges, which are the continuation of columellar plaits. The most adapical of these prominent ridges is called here the posterior main plait. Only a very few Oliva possess additional sculpture. As described by OLSSON (1956): "In most species of Oliva, the fasciolar band is similar to that of Olivella but in some special groups such as Strephonella, Omogymna and Lamprodomina, an extra callous band of variable size is added above, and which 1s sometimes so wide that it extends across the parietal wall nearly to the suture." The terms "posterior fasciolar groove", “anterior fasciolar groove" and "fasciolar band" are utilized here sensu KILBURN (1981). " " The terms "posterior fasciolar ridge", "anterior TURSCH & BOUILLON fasciolar ridge" and "posterior main plait" are new definitions. The present paper aims solely at defining novel shell measurements in the fasciolar region and at testing their taxonomic potential for the genus Oliva. 2. METHODS 2.1. Positioning the shell It is very difficult to obtain reproducible direct measurements of the fasciolar features, especially on a small shell. This difficulty can be solved by making measurements on an enlarged, accurate drawing of a ventral view of the shell. In order to have reproducible drawings, it is of course crucial to observe the shell in a position that 1s itself reproducible. Dorsal views of a given Oliva shell are highly reproducible. Indeed, when an Oliva shell is deposited aperture down on a flat surface it generally rests in a stable, reproducible position. In contrast, an Oliva shell deposited aperture up will roll quite freely on its rounded body whorl. The ventral views needed for fasciolar measurements are thus highly erratic unless special precautions are taken to ensure that one will always have the same ventral view of a given shell. Studies in Olividae. XVI. APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 Several solutions to this practical problem have been tested. The simplest, and by far the most reliable consists in depositing the Oliva specimen aperture down on a glass plate of appropriate size. The shell is then firmly pressed in its "equilibrium position" against the glass plate by means of plasticine (for a small specimen) or rubber bands (for a large specimen). The glass plate is now turned upside down (with the shell now hanging below the plate), deposited on a suitable horizontal support (such as the rim of an open rigid plastic box) and brought under the binocular lens for examination. The shell is now viewed as in Fig. 3a. 2.2. Drawing the shell The shell being properly positioned, a careful drawing can now be made with the help of the camera lucida attachement of the binocular lens. In practice, one does not have to draw the entire shell: only the indispensable features (designated by arrows in Fig.3b) are necessary. In order to give an internal reference for scaling the measurements 1s also necessary to draw a segment of known length, using a precalibrated ocular reticulum. The length of the drawing of a 1 mm segment will be called REF. NA Fig. 3. Drawing the shell, after proper positioning. Fig 3a shows the shell as it is seen. Only the features indicated by arrows in Fig.3b have to be drawn. APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 À "a up N! 13 My. Bt +4 Fig. 4. Definition of measurements. As depicted in Fig. 4, let us call A the most abapical (anterior) point of the outer lip and B the most abapical (anterior) point of the columellar lip. The tip of the apex is desig- nated as P. The point where the outer edge of the penultimate whorl is seen to meet the body whorl (opposite the lip) is called W. Let us call c the line joining B to W, M the intersection of line c with the ridge of the posterior main plait, N the intersection of line c with the anterior fasciolar ridge (just below the anterior fasciolar groove) and U the intersection of line c with the posterior fasciolar groove (see Fig. 2). Studies in Olividae. XVI. TURSCH & BOUILLON 2.3. Measurements Let us now define the measurements PLI as the real length of the segment BM (this is BM/REF), LF as the real length of the segment BN (this is BN/ REF), UF as the real length of the segment BU (this is BU/REF) and BW as the real length of the segment BW (this is BW/REF). 2.4. Practical tips. It is important to check that the shell does not move. The drawing is facilitated 1f one directs a nearly horizontal light beam on the anterior part of the shell and rotates the object until maximum contrast is obtained on the posterior main plait and the anterior fasciolar ridge. As for all linear measurements, the error is roughly proportional to the actual lengths measured on the drawing. One should thus try to make drawings as large as practicable. The size of the drawing can be controlled by adjusting the magnification of the binocular lens. Precision 1s increased if the shell 1s carefully centered in the lens field. 3. REPRODUCIBILITY and PRECISION Errors on the drawing and on the geometrical construction have been shown to be practically negligible. Reproducibility and precision have been estimated by comparing the measurements performed by two independent observers on ten different series of measurements on the same shell. This was effected for a large shell (O/iva miniacea, H: 78.21 mm and a small shell (Oiva hilli, H: 12.00 mm). The results are given in Table 1, where the coefficient of variability CV (MAYR, 1969) can be utilized to estimate the dispersion of the measurements. It can be seen that the measurements of the two observers differ by no more than 0.67 mm for the 78.21 mm shell (0.86 % of the heigth of the shell) and by no more than 0.06 mm for the 12.00 mm shell (0.50 % of the heigth of the shell). TURSCH & BOUILLON Fig. 5. Measurements on a growth series of Oliva sayana Ravenel, 1834. Variation of the measurements BW (open triangles), UF (black circles), LF (open circles) and PLI (black triangles) with the heigth of the shell H. AIl measurements in millimiters. PLI /LF nn ox \ à fe Ë ! 8 / O a; / 0 CUS der 5= ÈS LR 7 A 4 ; F 41 = 7 ne —— À JE AE 6 À, A ; 2 LF/UF +# ———— —- ———+ ——+ 5 15 85 Fig. 6. Scatter diagram of LF/UF versus PLILF. Minimum convex polygons. Open triangles: Ofiva amathystina Rüding, 1798. Black squares: ©. dubia Schepman, 1911. Black triangles: ©. hirasei Kuroda & Habe, 1952. Open circles: ©. polpasta Duclos, 1835. Black circles: ©. reticulata Rôding, 1798. Studies in Olividae. XVI. APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 4. VARIATION WITH SIZE Before attempting any taxonomic application one should first establish how the measurements defined hereabove are dependent upon the size of the shell. Measurements effectd on a growth series of Oliva sayana show that BW, UF, LF and PLI are practically proportional to the heigth of the shell H (see Fig. 5) and that the regression lines have a zero intercept with the axes. The measurements BW, UF, LF and PLI could also be expressed as a function of the number of postnuclear whorls pnw (TURSCH & GERMAIN, 1985). Since the measurements BW, UF, LF and PLI are size-dependent, we can compare shells of different sizes only by utilizing ratios of these data to other linear measurements (such as H). Ratios of fasciolar measurements are of course valid. 5. TAXONOMIC APPLICATION Numerical data constitute taxonomic characters only if their utilisation leads to effective discrimination of taxa. The fasciolar region has been measured on a number of Oliva species (to be published) and have been shown to be operational (alone or in combination with other measurements) in numerous species separations. Fig. 6 gives an example (amongst many others) of total separation of five species, using solely the fasciolar region measurements described above. 6. DISCUSSION 6.1. At first sight it could appear that the length of the segment AP would provide a more convenient internal length reference because AP is by definition the heigth of the shell H (TURSCH & GERMAIN, 1985), that is directly measured on the shell with a precision digital display calliper. Microscope measurements are true only if the measured segment lies exactly in the plane of observation (perpendicular to the optical axis). APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 In this case, the orientation of the line AP is not necessarily parallel to the observation plane. The observed segment AP is really the orthogonal projection of AP on that plane. Numerous trials have shown that AP :s generally shorter than H (as expected) and differs by an average 2.5 %. This remark applies to all the measurements defined here: all are projections of the true lengths on the observation plane. In particular, it applies to the distance AB, the true length of which has been previously defined as the measurement DN (VAN OSSELAER & TURSCH, 1992). AB is also the projection of DN on the observation plane (and differs from DN by an average 4.20 % in numerous trials). AB could however be of some use as an additional measurement because it could give information of the angle mean Oliva miniacea, H: 78.21 mm 12.70 Oliva hilli, H: 12.00 mm 3 0.0 0 2 Studies in Olividae. XVI. TURSCH & BOUILLON between DN and the observation plane in the “equilibrium position" of the shell (see 2.1). 6.2. The measurements described hereabove are quite easy and fast (less than 5 minutes per shell). Their precision and reproducibility have been proven satisfactory. The fasciolar region has been shown to yield stable and operational taxonomic characters. One advantage of these characters 1s that the fasciolarian region is generally intact, even in severely damaged shells. These measurements do not require perfect specimens and can be performed on fossil material. Fasciolar measurements are not necessarily restricted to the genus Oliva and could presumably be extended to other groups in the Volutacea superfamily. j_” mean | SAN CVEM 0.06 0.05 Table 1. Series of ten independent measurements effected by two independent observers on the same shell (O/iva miniacea and ©. hill). Data in bold characters are actual lengths in mm on shell. TURSCH & BOUILLON 7. MATERIAL EXAMINED "BT-" Specimen numbers refer to shells in the author's collection. Oliva amethystina Rôding, 1798. PHIL- IPPINES: BT-4494 (Mindanao), BT-4563, BT-4564, BT-4567 and BT-4570 (no loc.). O. dubia Schepman, 1911. PAPUA-NEW GUINEA: BT-4928, BT-4929, BT-4930, BT- 4931 and BT-4932 (Hansa Bay, 50 m). O. hilli Petuch & Sargent, 1986. TONGA: BT-6026, Vava'u I. ©. hirasei Kuroda & Habe, 1952. PHIL- IPPINES: BT-5021, BT-5022 and BT-6202 (Sulu); BT-6194 and BT-6196 (Panglao). O. miniacea Rôding, 1798. PHILIP- PINES: BT-6670 (no loc.). O. polpasta Duclos, 1835. W. MEXICO: BT-0314, BT-0315 and BT-0316 (Baja California); BT-4613 (off Salina Cruz, Oax- aca). PANAMA: BT-3779 (Cebaco I.). O. reticulata Rôding, 1798. PHILIP- PINES: BT-4594, BT-4596, BT-4597, BT- 4598 and BT-6029 (no loc.). O. sayana Ravenel, 1834. U.S.A., Florida: BT-6671 (no loc.); BT-5316, BT-5315, BT- 5318, BT-4072 and BT-4074 (off Cape Canaveral); BT-4094 and BT-4098 (Sanibel L); BT-4097 (Tampa Bay); BT-0944 (Marco Beach); BT-6672, BT-6673, BT-6674 and BT-6675 (Port St. Joe Bay). Acknowledgements. We are grateful to the Fonds National de la Recherche Scientifique (F.NRS) for supporting our research (F.R.F.C. grant n° 29008.90), to Dr. Dietmar Greifeneder who first called our attention on the problem, to Mr. Olivier Missa who helped to test the measurements and to Mrs. Nicole Van Mol who kindly helped with the shell drawings. Studies in Olividae. XVI. APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 REFERENCES KILBURN, R.N.. 1981. Revision of the ge- nus Ancilla Lamarck, 1799. Annals Natal Mus. 24(2): 349-463. MAYR, E., 1969. Principles of systematic zoology. McGraw Hill, New York. OLSSON, A.A., 1956. Studies in the genus Olivella. Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci. Philadelphia 58: 155-225. PETUCH, EJ. & D.M. SARGENT, 1986. Atlas of the living olive shells of the world. CERF, Charlottesville, Virginia. TURSCH, B., 1988. Studies on Olividae. VIII Protoconch measurements as supras- pecific characters in the family Olividae. The Veliger 31 : 244-251. TURSCH, B. and L. GERMAIN, 1985. Studies on Olividae. I. À morphometric ap- proach to the Oliva problem. /ndo-Malayan Zoology 2: 331-352. TURSCH, B. and L. GERMAIN, 1986. Studies on Olividae. II. Further protoconch morphometrical data for Oliva taxonomy. APEX 1(2) : 39-45. TURSCH, B., L. GERMAN and D. GREIFENEDER, 1986a. Studies on Olividae. III. Description of a novel subspecies : Oliva bulowi phuketensis. APEX 1(3) : 71-87. TURSCH, B. L. GERMAN and D. GREIFENEDER, 1986b. Studies on Olividae. IV. Oliva annulata Gmelin, 1791 (of authors): a confusion of species. /ndo-Malayan Zoology 3 : 189-216. TURSCH, B. and D. GREIFENEDER, 1989. Studies on Olividae. X. The taxonomic status of Oliva esiodina Duclos, 1844, O. duclosi Reeve, 1850 and O. lentiginosa Reeve, 1850. APEX, 4(4) : 57-68. TURSCH, B. and D. GREIFENEDER, 1989. Studies on Olividae. XI. Oliva chrysoplecta sp.n., a familiar, undescribed Western Pacific species. APEX, 4(4) : 69-84. TURSCH, B. and D. HUART, 1988. Studies on Olividae. VII Note on Oliva dolicha Locard,1896, ©. flammulata Lamarck, 1810 and ©. flammulata verdensis Petuch & Sar- gent, 1986. APEX, 3 : 39-46. 17 APEX (1-2): 11-18, mars 1993 TURSCH, B. and D. HUART, 1990. Studies on Olividae. XII The "Oliva problem" in America: a preliminary survey. APEX, 5(3/4): 51-73. TURSCH, B. , O. MISSA and J. BOUILLON, 1992. Studies on Olividae. XIV. The taxo- nomic structure of Oliva oliva (auct.). APEX, 7(1): 3-22. TURSCH, B. et C. VAN OSSELAER, 1987. Studies on Olividae. VI. Suture measurements as taxonomic characters in the genus Oliva. APEX, 2(3/4) : 69-84. 18 Studies in Olividae. XVI. TURSCH & BOUILLON VAN OSSELAER, C. et B. TURSCH, 1988. Studies on Olividae. IX. Ten additional suture characters for Oliva taxonomy. APEX, 3(4): 81-87. VAN OSSELAER, C. & B. TURSCH, 1992. Studies on Olividae. XV. Anterior notch measurements as taxonomic characters in the genus Oliva. APEX, under press. ZEIGLER, R.F. & H.C.PORRECA, 1969. Olive shells of the world. Rochester Poly- chrome Press, Rochester, N.Y. MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS New Cones from Oman APEX 8(1-2): 19-26, mars 1993 New Cones from Oman and the status of Conus boschi (Gastropoda; Conidae) * R.G. MOOLENBEEK and H.E. COOMANS Zoôlogisch Museum Amsterdam, P.0. Box 4766, NL-1009 AT Amsterdam, The Netherlands ABSTRACT. Conus boschorum and C. biraghii omanensis are described as new to science. As far as we know both have a limited distribution (Masirah island and Hallaniyah Islands [-Kuria Muria Islands]). After studying additional material of C. boschi Clover, 1972, it must be considered a junior synonym of C. melvilli Sowerby III, 1879. KEY WORDS: Gastropoda, Conidae, Conus, Oman, nomenclature. INTRODUCTION For over a century the Arabian Peninsula has been a major and mystical source of conchological treasures. In recent years knowledge of the molluscs of the Sultanate of Oman has increased after the publication of "Seashells of Oman" by Donald and Eloise BOSCH (1982). They discovered the special malacological richness of Masirah Island, which is situated in the Arabian Sea, just off the coast of Oman. This island has been visited by only a few shell collectors and from their findings we know that several endemic species occur there: Cypraea teuleri Cazenavette, 1846; Conus boschi Clover, 1972; Acteon eloiseae Abbott, 1973; ZLatirus bonnieae Smythe, 1985; Conus stocki Coomans & Moolenbeek, 1990. Other Masiran species are found on the neighbouring coast of Oman too, which can be explained by the fact that the island is only separated from the Arabian peninsula by à narrow strait of about 6 to 10 m depth. Several years ago Dr DT. Bosch showed us some small, worn cone shells from Masirah island, which at first sight we considered juveniles. When publishing on the family Conidae from Oman in detail (COOMANS & MOOLENBEEK, 1990) we had no idea to which Conus species these "“juveniles" should be assigned. In November 1991 the first author joined an expedition, initiated by Dr. Bosch, to obtain more material and new data concerning the malacofauna from the Oman coast. During a week of intensive collecting on Masirah Island, we discovered the habitat of these "juvenile" cones. They live subtidally in a bottom community with algae, sponges, and other invertebrates. No large specimens were collected. The only other sympatric Conus species were Conus ardisiaceus Kiener, 1845 and Conus boschi Clover, 1972. These facts gave rise to the idea that our "juveniles" should be considered as two small Conus species. After comparison with other Indo-Pacific species of the genus Conus we are convinced that both species belong to unnamed taxa which are described below. AIl material 1s deposited in the Zoôlogisch Museum Amsterdam (University of Amsterdam), the Netherlands, unless otherwise stated. *Studies on Conidae no. 17/ Studies on the marine molluscan fauna of Oman, no. 7. APEX 8(1): 19-26, mars 1993. TAXONOMY Conus boschorum n. sp. Figs 1-6, 17 Type Material. Holotype (figs 1-2) in Zoëlogisch Museum Amsterdam(ZMA Moll. 392.001) and 370 paratypes (ZMA Mall. 392.002), partly preserved in alcohol. Paratypes will be distributed to the Oman Natural History Museum (Muscat), the National Museum of New Zealand (Wellington) and to the private collections of Dr. D. Bosch (USA), Dr. D. Rôckel (Germany), R.M. Filmer (England) , P.L. van Pel and H. Dekker (both the Netherlands). Type Locality. Sultanate of Oman, Masirah Island, Sur/Umm Rasas, 0.1-0.6 m below low tide ,Sta. 91/99, November 1991. leg. R.G. Moolenbeek & H. Dekker. Description of the Holotype. (figs 1-2). Length 11.0 mm, width 5.9 mm. Shell turbinate, thin, glossy, low biconical. Protoconch paucispiral, 1 1/2 bulbous whorls, partly with an indented sculpture. Teleoconch with 4 whorls. Spire stepped, straight to a little concave, whorls canaliculated with 1irregular growth lines. Shoulder sharply angulated. Body whorl smooth except lower third which has 11 spiral grooves on the ventral and 7 on the dorsal side. Aperture slender, towards the base. Colour. Spire white with irregular dark brown spots. On the bodywhorl are 8 brown spots which continue below the shoulder and are connected to a broader blackish band. Just below the shoulder a small light band :is followed by a somewhat broader blackish band. Middle of bodywhorl with a light band in which are about 5 fine brown spotted spirals. In this light band are many irregularly formed milky white spots. Base blackish with irregular white spots in. Periostracum thin, nearly transparent, more prominent on the shoulder forming fine fringes. somewhat expanding 20 New Cones from Oman MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS Operculum horny, orange-brown, measurements 2.8 x 0.9 mm. Animal not studied alive. After its preservation in alcohol it was blackish, eye stalks white with the eye black. Proboscis with a white tip. Variability. There is little variation in shape of the shells. However, the colour pattern is most variable (figs 3-6). Especially juvenile specimens can be completely vellowish to orange (fig. 6) with only dark brown spots on the spire. Larger specimens have grey to nearly black colour patterns. About 70% of the studied material consists of specimens with the black colour pattern, but the larger specimens are more greyish. The pattern 1s very irregular, although in general a lighter mid-body band 1s present. Fine spiral bands of brown spots can cover the entire body whorl.The largest paratype has a length of 12.6 mm, width 7.0 mm. Other Material Studied. One shell at Umm Rasas, Sta. 91/99: Nine shells at Ras Abu Zabil, Rounders Bay, 6 m SCUBA, Sta. 91/123, leg. Gary Keat (RAFO). Two shells were found on the west coast of Masirah Island, Valley of the Moon beach, Sta. 91/93; Another two living specimens were collected on Al Hallaniyah (Sta. 91/60), which have a more pronounced sculpture on the protoconch. To find out whether these Al Hallaniyah specimens are conspecific more material and further research is needed. AÏl material collected in November 1991, leg. R.G. Moolenbeek & H. Dekker. Etymology. Conus boschorum is named after Donald and Eloise Bosch, to express our respect for all the activities they have initiated to stimulate malacological research in Oman. Discussion. Due to its small size, this new species could easily be considered a juvenile of a larger species. Juveniles of Conus acuminatus Hwass, 1792 , with a more slender outline, have less canaliculated whorls with one or two, sometimes vague, spirals on it. Also, that species has never been recorded MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS from Oman. Conus boschorum n.sp. lives sympatrically with C. ardisiaceus Kiener, 1845, C boschi Clover, 1972 and C. biraghii omanensis n.ssp. Of these three taxa, only juvenile specimens of C. ardisiaceus show resemblance but differs in having spiral grooves on the spire whorls (figs 7-8). Also its shape is more bulbous and it grows larger. In shape and size C. rutilis Menke, 1843 from southwest Australia shows similarities. However, its protoconch is more nipple like and the spire is slightly coronated. C. klemae Cotton, 1953 from western Australia has a more or less similar outline but has spiral grooves on the spire. Also that species grows much larger. We have two live collected shells from Al Hallaniyah [-Kuria Muria Island], which might be C. boschorum n.sp. However there are slight differences in colourpattern and protoconch structure. Additional material 1s needed for comparison. Conus biraghii (G. Raybaudi, 1992) Figs 9-10 This small species was recently described as Leptoconus (Thoraconus) biraghii from Somalia. The description was based on a rather monomorph sample, and details on the sculpture of the protoconch were not available. We could study one of the paratypes of C. biraghii (figs 9-10) present in the collection of D. Rôckel (Germany). From Masirah Island we have specimens of a small Conus species, which has a number of characters in common with C. biraghii . Our comparison leads to the conclusion that a subspecific status for the Masirah material 1s justified. The shell characters of C. biraghii do not assign it to Leptoconus , which is based on type species C. amadis Gmelin, 1791. The latter is a large species with different size, shape, sculpture and pattern. The same can be New Cones from Oman APEX 8(1-2): 19-26, mars 1993. applied to C. exiguus Lamarck, 1810, type species of Thoraconus Da Motta, 1991. We are of the opinion that the generic classification of the Conidae by DA MOTTA (1991) is premature. The 30 new subgenera he described, will create more confusion rather than being a serious attemp to classify the hundreds of (sub)species in this family. The taxonomy of the Conidae is still far from being settled. This is due to the large number of species (about 600 recent) and the growing number of species [names] every year. Also variability, abundance of (sub)specific names (far over 2000 fossil and recent), homonymy, synonymy , unknown distribution patterns and incorrect localities need more research. Therefore we prefer to use the genus Conus. Conus biraghii omanensis n.ssp. Figs. 11-16, 18 Type Material. Holotype (ZMA Moll. 3.92.003) and 110 paratypes, partly preserved in alcohol (ZMA Mall. 3.92.004). Paratypes will be distributed to the Oman Natural History Museum (Muscat), the National Museum of New Zealand (Wellington) and to the private collections of Dr. DT. Bosch, Dr. D. Rôckel, P.L. van Pel, RM. Filmer and H. Dekker. Type Locality. Sultanate of Oman, Masirah Island, Sur /Umm Rasas, 0.1-0.6 m below low tide, Sta. 91/99. November 1991. leg. R.G. Moolenbeek & H. Dekker. Description of the Holotype (Figs. 6-7). Length 7.7 mm, width 3.6 mm. Shell small, biconic, slender, rather solid. Protoconch of 1 1/2 whorls. Initial part mainly white with brown sutures, remaining part brown with minute opisthocline axial rims (folds). Teleoconch consisting of 4 1/2 whorls. First teleoconch whorl with one strong spiral groove, gradually a 2nd and 3rd appear. Whorls with microscopic growth lines. 21 APEX 8(1): 19-26, mars 1993. New Cones from Oman MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS D Ai uW 15 | Figs 1-6. Conus boschorum n.sp. , Oman, Masirah Island, Sur. 1-2. holotype, length 11.0 mm. 3-6. paratypes, variability in colour pattern, lengths resp.10.8 mm, 11.6 mm, 12.1 mm, 11.0 mm 0 16". Figs. 7-8. Conus ardisiaceus Kiener, Oman, Masirah Island, Sur. Length resp. 10.7 mm and 13.1 mm. Figs. 9-10. Conus biraghii (G.Raybaudi), Somalia, Obja, paratype, length 10.7 mm (coll. D. Rôckel). Figs. 11-16. Conus biraghii omanensis n.ssp., Oman, Masirah Island, Sur. 11-12. holotype, length 7.7 mm. 13-14. juvenile paratype, lacking spiral colour pattern, length 4.2 mm, 15-16. paratype, length 10.9 mm. 22 MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS New Cones from Oman APEX 8(1-2): 19-26, mars 1993. Figs. 17-18. SEM pictures of protoconchs, Oman, Masirah Islands, Sur. 17. Conus boschorum n.sp. 18. Conus biraghii omanensis n.ssp. 23 APEX 8(1): 19-26, mars 1993. New Cones from Oman MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS Figs. 19-25. Conus melvilli Sowerby III. 19. holotype of Conus pusio Sowerby | and Conus melvilli Sowerby III, length 18.8 mm (National Museum Wales, Cardiff, U.K.). 20-25. variation in colourpattern of Conus melvilli, Oman, Masirah Island, leg.D.T. Bosch (coll. ZMA), length resp. 29.3 mm, 23.0 mm, 25.8 mm, 20.8 mm, 19.1 mm and 18.0 mm. 24 MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS Body whorl smooth, with a groove just below the shoulder, which due to the extruded spire, is visible on earlier whorls too. Base dorsally with 7-8 spiral grooves , ventrally a few more. Colour white with greyish upper band. In this band about five spiral white/brown lines. Nearly at the base a 2nd greyish band with 3 spiral lines in it. In between these bands a white area with two or three brown/milky white spotted spiral lines. Variability. This species shows little variation in shape and colour pattern. Juvenile specimens may have the upper part of the body whorl more or less uniform brown. In a few cases the shells may have more pronounced axial coronation. Other Material Studied. Two dead collected shells from Maghilah (Sta. 91/94) on the west coast of Masirah Island, one specimen 4 km $.of Ra's Qudufah, Sta. 91/86; Four specimens at Ra's al Ya, Sta. 91/105; one beached specimen at BERS camp, Sta. 91/95; one specimens at the Valley of the Moon beach, Sta. 91/93; Five specimens at Ra's Zafarnat, Turtle rock,7-8 m SCUBAI, Sta. 91/121, leg. Gary Keat (RAFO), On Al Hallaniyah [Kuria Muria Islands, Sta. 91/60] we collected seven juvenile specimens (partly live collected) which seem to have more pronounced spiral sculpture on spire and body whorl.In the province Dhofar, we collected 4 dead specimens at Dar Marbat, Sta. 91/71. AII material November 1991, leg. RG. Moolenbeek & H. Dekker. Etymology. This subspecies is named after the Sultanate of Oman. Discussion. The only species which shows some similarities in design is the recently described Leptoconus (Thoraconus ) biraghii G. Raybaudi, 1992 from Somalia. Conus biraghii omanensis differs from the nominate species by having less pronounced coronations and in being more obconic. The spirals on the teleoconch are lacking on C. b.biraghii. Conus papalis Weinkauff, 1875 from the Philippines New Cones from Oman APEX 8(1-2): 19-26, mars 1993 of which several authors doubt the generic status, has more pronounced coronation and strong spiral grooves on the teleoconch. In the Natal Museum (Pietermaritzburg, South Africa) are two unidentified specimens from northern Mozambique, Conducia Bay (leg. K.J. Grosch, no. G 9936) which look identical in shape, size and sculpture to the Oman population. Only the colour of the body whorl is brownish. The holotype of C. fraillii A. Adams, 1855 in the Natural History Museum, London agrees in colour pattern but differs in being bullet-shaped, completely smooth on the whorls, having deep sutures and lacking a groove below the shoulder. As long as no detailed description 1s provided for the population from Somalia we prefer to maintain a subspecific status for the Oman population. Conus melvilli Sowerby III, 1879 and Conus boschi Clover, 1972 Figs 19-25 COOMANS & MOOLENBEEK (1982) published on the identity of Conus pusio Sowerby, I, 1834 (Fig. 19) and C. melvilli Sowerby III, 1879. They concluded that both nominal species were based on the same type specimen and thus are objective synonyms. At that time we concluded that Conus boschi Clover, 1972 was a distinct species. However, after having studied more material of C. boschi (figs 20-25) recently collected and kindly donated by Donald Bosch, it shows that C. boschi on Masirah Island has a large variation in colour pattern. This variation includes the pattern of C. melvilli which therefore 1s the first available name for this taxon. C. boschi becomes a junior synonym. Acknowledgements. We express our gratitude to Donald Bosch, who brought to our attention the interesting malacofauna of Oman and invited us to participate in the Oman 25 APEX 8(1-2): 19-26, mars 1993. expedition initiated by him. Thanks are due to the staff of the BERS station on Masirah Island for hospitality during our stay.Gary Keat and one of his collegues (RAFO base) were so kind to collect some samples from deeper water using SCUBA. Peter and Una Dance, Christine and Walter Hägstrom, Donald and Eloise Bosch and Henk Dekker were companions during our collecting activities and always willing to assist us. KLM Oman (Mrs J.W. Creutzberg and J. Simpson) kindly arranged a courtesy air ticket from Amsterdam to Seeb. D. Rôckel sent material in loan. Mike Filmer corrected the English text. Mr. LA. van der Laan (ZMA, University of Amsterdam) made the photographs, the SEM pictures were made by the first author at the Laboratorium voor Elektronenmikroskopie (University of Amsterdam). 26 New Cones from Oman MOOLENBEEK & COOMANS REFERENCES BOSCH, D. & E. BOSCH, 1982. Seashells of Oman: 1-206 (Longman, London). COOMANS, H. E. & R.G. MOOLENBEEK, 1990. Notes on some Conidae from Oman, with description of Conus stocki nsp. (Mollusca; Gastropoda). Bijdragen Dierkunde 60: 257-262. DA MOTTA, AJ, 1991. A systematic classification of the Gastropod family Conidae at the generic level. Roma: 1-48 MOOLENBEEK, RG. & H.E. COOMANS, 1982. Studies on Conidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). 2. Conus pusio Sowerby I (non Hwass) and C. melvilli Sowerby IIL. Bull Zool. Mus . 8(17): 145-148. RAYBAUDI, G., 1992, A new conid species from Somalia: Leptoconus (Thoraconus) biraghii n.sp. Acta Conchyliorum 3: 31-33. RIOS & LEAL A new bathyai marginellid APEX 8(1-2): 27-30, mars 1993 Volvarina pontesi, a new bathyal marginellid (Mollusca, Gastropoda) from off Brazil Eliézer de C. RIOS Museu Oceanogräfico E. de C. Rios, Fundaçäo Universidade do Rio Grande 96200 Rio Grande, Brasil José H. LEAL (1) Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science 4600 Rickenbacker Causeway, Miami, FL 33149-1098, USA KEY-WORDS: Marginellidae, South Atlantic, Bathyal, Vo/varina, new species. ABSTRACT. Volvarina pontesi is described from the bathyal zone off southeastern and southern Brazil. The new taxon differs from other congeneric species by its large size and unusually elongated spire. INTRODUCTION An unknown marginellid was obtained at bathyal depths off southern Brazil during the GEOMAR IV (Marine Geology IV) cruise performed by N. Oc. A/mirante Saldanha of the "Diretoria de Hidrografia e Navegaçäo" (DHN) of the Brazilian navy in 1972. Additional material of the same species was collected on the slope of southern and southeastern Brazil by the RV Arläntico Sul of "Fundaçäo Universidade do Rio Grande" (FURG) in 1987, and by the RV Marion Dufresne during the French-Brazilian MDSS cruise realized by “Terres Australes et Antarctiques Françaises" (TAAF) in 1987. The small number of live-collected specimens hampered further anatomical studies, but shell and radular morphology allocate the new species in the genus Volvarina Hinds, 1844. RIOS (1985), having in mind future taxonomic work with the present species, introduced the nomen nudum Zedavolvarina on the third cover of his 1985 book. Acronyms used throught the text are: MNHN, Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France; MNRIJ, Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, MORG, Museu Oceanografico E. de C. Rios, Rio Grande, Brazil; USNM, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, USA. (1) Present address: Division of Mollusks - NHB118, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560, U.S.A. 27 APEX 8(1-2): 27-30, mars 1993 Family Marginellidae Fleming, 1828 Genus Volvarina Hinds, 1844 Volvarina pontesi sp.n. (Figures 1-8) Shell (Figures 1-6) solid, cylindrical- fusiform, tapering at base, imperforate, reaching 15.1 mm length and 4.3 mm width, smooth, glossy. Protoconch round, white, with 1.5 whorls, 0.9 mm diameter. Transition from protoconch to teleoconch inconspicuous. Spire high, acute, apical angle about 20°. Suture distinct, not canaliculated, covered by transparent enamel. Teleoconch with four or five straight whorls. Aperture elongate (length/width about 7), about 0.5 of shell length, narrower adapically. Outer lip straight or slightly concave. Columella with 4 small, abapical plicae, all of same size. Anterior canal shallow, wide. Outer lip straight, smooth internally. Parietal region smooth. Periostracum absent. Radula (Figures 7 & 8) rachiglossate, formula 0-R-0, with about 28 rows and 0.17- 0.20 mm length. Rachidian tooth multicuspid, asymmetrical, with 19-23 cusps. Four to six large cusps unevenly distributed among small cusps. Holotype. MORG 17889, 15.1 mm length, 4.3 mm width, NOc. A/mirante Saldanha GEOMAR IV cruise, station 2820, Van Veen grab. Type Locality. Off Itajai, Santa Catarina State, Brazil (27°00' S - 46°10' W), 1140 m depth, sandy mud bottom. Figures 1-8 (opposite). Volvarina pontesi sp.n.; À new bathyal marginellid RIOS & LEAL Paratypes. Paratype 1, MNRJ 4850, length 13.2 mm, paratype 2, USNM 749862, length 13.3 mm, both from type locality; paratype 3, MORG 24983, off Torres, Rio Grande do Sul State, RV Arlântico Sul, 200 m depth, length 13.6 mm, paratypes 4-8, MORG 26075, off Rio de Janeiro State, Brazil (23°42' S - 42°07' W), Bouchet, Leal & Métivier 05/1987, RV Marion-Dufresne MDSS cruise, station CB- 104, 430-450 m depth, Blake trawl, muddy bottom, lengths 13.5-14.0 mm; paratypes 9- 12, MNHN, unnumbered: paratype 9, length 144 mm, paratype 10, length 13.5 mm; paratype 11, length 14.1 mm; paratype 12, length 13.5 mm, last four from off Rio de Janeiro State, Brazil (23°47' S - 42°10' W), Bouchet, Leal & Métivier 05/1987, RV Marion-Dufresne MDSS cruise, station CB- 105, 610 m depth, Blake trawl, muddy bottom. Etymology. Named after fisherman Leopoldino R. Pontes from Rio Grande, Brazil, who provided material to the Museu Oceanografico (MORG) for three decades. Mr. Pontes collected extensively mollusks and shells aboard the fishing vessels Pescal 2, Mestre Gerônimo and Akaroa. Remarks. General shell morphology and radula allocate the new species in the genus Volvarina (COAN, 1965; COAN & ROTH, 1976; ROTH, 1978). The comb-like radular tooth is somewhat similar to those in Volvarina bilineata (Krauss, 1848) (COOVERT & COOVERT, 1987) and Volvarina philippinarum (Redfield, 1848) 1-3. Holotype, MORG 17889, 13.8 mm length, 4.3 mm width; 4-6. Paratype 9, MNHN, 14.4 mm length, 4.0 mm width; 7-8. Radula. Scale bars: Figures 1-6 = 5 mm; Figure 7-8 = 0.05 mm. 28 RIOS & LEAL A new bathyal marginellid APEX 8(1-2): 27-30, mars 1993 29 APEX 8(1-2): 27-30, mars 1993 (COAN, 1965). Future studies in comparative anatomy may, however, indicate that F. pontesi belongs in a separate genus. Volvarina pontesi is promptly distinguish- able from most Volvarina by its large size, slender shape and rather high spire. The new species 1s somewhat similar in shell morphol- ogy to the Patagonian-Magellanic Volvarina warrenii (Marrat, 1876) [= Ÿ. patagonica (Martens, 1881] and V. dozei (Rochebrune & Mabille, 1889), from which it differs by a more elongate shell with relatively longer spire, white protoconch and early teleoconch whorls, which are dark in V. warrenii and F. dozei, and the absence of a well-delineated, white band in the middle of the body whorl,present in the other two species (CARCELLES, 1946; POWELL, 1951). It somewhat resembles V. gracilis C.B. Adams, 1851 (see illustration in CLENCH & TURNER, 1950). However, V. gracilis is a much smaller species, reaching around 7 mm in length, whereas adult V pontesi measures about 13 mm. The relationship length of aperture/total length in the new species is about 0.5; the same ratio is about 0.7 in V. gracilis. Acknowledgments. We are indebted to Philippe BOUCHET of the Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, who provided material collected during the French-Brazilian MDSS cruise of the Marion-Dufresne. 30 A new bathyal marginellid RIOS & LEAL LITERATURE CITED CARCELLES, A.R., 1946. Notas sobre dos especies Argentinas de Marginellidae. Notas del Museo de La Plata 9, Zoologia 92: 51-57. COAN, E.V., 1965. A proposed reclassifica- tion of the Family Marginellidae. Veliger 7(3): 184-194. COAN, E.V. & B. ROTH, 1976. Status of the genus AHyalina Schumacher, 1817 (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Journal of Mollus- can Research 42: 217-222. CLENCH, W.J. & R.D. TURNER, 1950. The western Atlantic marine mollusks described by C.B. Adams. Occasional Papers on Mollusks 1 (15): 233-403. COOVERT, G.A. & H.K. COOVERT, 1987. Preparation of marginellid radulae. Marginella Marginalia 2 (4): 20-26. POWELL, A.W.B. 1951. Antarctic and subantarctic Mollusca. Pelecypoda and Gas- tropoda. Discovery Reports 26: 47-196. RIOS, E.C., 1985. Seashells of Brazil. 328 pp. Museu Oceanografico, Fundaçäo Univer- sidade do Rio Grande. ROTH, B., 1978. New species and records of tropical west American Marginellidae (Mollusca: Neogastropoda). Contributions in Science of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County 292: 1-18. BOZZETTI A new Favartia APEX 8(1-2): 31-32, mars 1993 Description of a new species of the genus Favartia Jousseaume,1880 (Gastropoda: Muricidae) from the Indian Ocean. L. BOZZETTI V. Devoto, 3, 20133 Milano, ITALY KEY WORDS: Gastropoda, Muricidae, Favartia n.sp., Somalia. ABSTRACT. Favartia cecalupoi,a new muricid species,is described from off Ras Hañfun, the Northeastern point of Somalia. Like other recently named species from the same area, À cecalupoi was trawled by fishing boats operating in waters off the Horn of Africa. INTRODUCTION In the recent years several new deep water species have been discovered in the northwestern part of the Indian Ocean; many of them are muricids: Hexaplex bozzadamii (Franchi,1990), Poirieria hemmenorum Houart & Mühlhäusser 1990, Chicoreus elisae and Muricopsis chiarae Bozzetti,1991. Most of these species have been found by trawlers off the Somalian coast, in the area between Cape Guardafui and Ras Hafun. These seashells, together with the other sea products, are discharged at the Port of Jibuti, and then, thanks to the cooperation of some local traders, they reach the European countries. À great number of species coming from that area can be found along the southern coast of East Africa as well : the Mozambique Channel and Natal; their lack off Kenya and Tanzania is probably due to the non exploitation of sea resources in this intermediate area. DESCRIPTION Shell medium sized for the genus, fusiform. Spire high consisting of two smooth bulbous nuclear whorls and up to five convex, postnuclear whorls, separated by an impressed suture. Aperture ovate to subcircular, outer lip sharp, protruding, weakly crenulate, the crenulations reflecting the surface sculpture, with a strong fimbriate varix. Inner side of the outer lip lyrate; columellar lip adherent above and detached below, with a smooth internal surface, siphonal canal short, open and dorsally recurved. Axial sculpture consisting of widely spaced varices in number: five to seven on the body whorl and seven or eight on the upper whorls. Weak axial ridges on the intervarical area. Spiral sculpture consisting of scabrous cords, two on the upper whorls and five on the body whorl, the first one on the shoulder;, on the varices the cords are stronger and expanding in short rounded spines. Numerous weak ridges between adjacent cords, sometime a minor single cord present. À variable size gap in the spiral sculpture 1s followed on the siphonal canal by two cords. Shell colour salmon to orange-red, lightest on the varices and columellar callus; upper side of apertural varix whithish, protoconch brown-pinky, inside of the aperture salmon coloured. DISCUSSION Favartia cecalupoi is related to the South African Favartia natalensis, (E. A. Smith, 1906) but it differs from this one in the more dense axial sculpture, weaker spiral cords and in the colour: Favartia natalensis is white with some black stained lines present inside of the aperture, corresponding to external cords. Another similar species 1s Favartia minirosea (Abbott,1954) which seems to be endemic to the Gulf of Mexico, 31 APEX 8(1-2): 31-32, mars 1993 where it is to be found in moderate deep waters (from 50 to 100 meters). The main differences are in the sculpture and size Favartia minirosea bears stronger and more denser spiral cords and its average length 1s 6/7 mm TYPE LOCALITY Off Ras Hafun, 150 Km south of Cape Guardafui. Taken By trawlers in sandy bottoms at 200-250 m depth. A new Favartia BOZZETTI TYPE MATERIAL Holotype IRSNB IG 27882/455, 14 mm, 1 paratype IRSNB IG 27882, 10.5 mm, 1 paratype Natal Museum, K8086/T838, 11 mm, 1 paratype MNHN, 10.7 mm, 1 paratype coll. R. Houart, Landen (Ezemaal) Belgium, 9.6 mm, 4 paratypes coll. Bozzetti, 10.6 mm, 8.3 mm, 7.4 mm, 9.2 mm, 1 paratype coll. A. Cecalupo, Milan, Italy, 12.2 mm, 1 paratype coll. F. Franchi, Piacenza, Italy, 10.3 mm. ETYMOLOGY. I dedicate this species to my friend Alberto CECALUPO), grateful for his invaluable help. Figs. 1-3: Favartia cecalupoi, n. sp. 1. Holotype, IRSNB 1G 27882/455, 14 mm. 2. Paratype, IRSNB 1G 27882, 10.5 mm. 3. Paratype MNHN, 10.7 mm. 32 HOUART A new Poireria APEX 8(1-2): 33-36, mars 1993 A remarkable new species of Poirieria (Flexopteron) (Gastropoda: Muricidae) from the Philippine Islands. Roland HOUART 3400 Landen (Ezemaal) Research Associate at the Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique. KEY-WORDS: Gastropoda, Muricidae, Muricinae, Philippine Islands, new species. ABSTRACT. Poirieria (Flexopteron) poppei is described from 2 specimens dredged off Balut Island, in the Philippines. It is the second known Recent species of Flexopteron, and is compared with P. (F) philippinensis (Shuto, 1969) and P. (F) primanova Houart, 1985. RESUME. Poirieria (Flexopteron) poppei est décrit à partir de deux individus récoltés au large de l'île de Balut, dans les Iles Philippines. Il s'agit de la deuxième espèce non fossile de Flexopteron. Elle est comparée à P. (F.) philippinensis (Shuto, 1969) et P. (F.) primanova Houart, 1985. INTRODUCTION. The subgenus Flexopteron was named by SHUTO (1969: 111) in the Coralliophilidae, for a fossil shell from the Philippines. HOUART (1985: 166, figs 3-3d) described the first known Recent species and illustrated the radula. As stated in VOKES (1992), the radula is close to those of Poirieria s.s. or to trophonine genera such as Boreotrophon and Nipponotrophon, although with a narrower rachidian tooth, bearing comparatively longer lateral denticles. The classification of Flexopteron as a subgenus of Poirieria is therefore subject to discussion. More material and more intensive researchs are needed before any decision can be taken, and as suggested in VOKES (1992), for now it is better to leave these taxa in their accustomed place. Nevertheless, the discovery of a living specimen of Flexopteron in the Philippines is very interesting, and certainly the most exciting news for the moment. Poirieria (Flexopteron) poppei n.sp. Figs 1-6 MATERIAL STUDIED. Holotype 52 X 29.5 mm, MNHN and 1 paratype 47 X 29 mm, coll. G.T. Poppe. TYPE LOCALITY. Mindanao, Balut Island, Philippine Islands, from tangle net, exact depth unknown, approximately 400-450 m. DESCRIPTION. Shell large, up to 52 mm in length (holotype), heavy, lamellate, up to about 7 teleoconch whorls. Spire high, acute. Protoconch eroded, remaining parts suggesting it to be paucipiral, with 1 1/4 to 1 1/2 whorls. Teleoconch whorls broad, rounded. Suture obscured by axial lamellae of following whorl. Teleoconch whorls ornamented with sharp, spineless, 33 APEX 8(1-2): 33-36, mars 1993 A new Poireria HOUART Figs 1-5. Poirieria (Flexopteron) poppei n.sp., holotype MNHN, 52 mm X 29.5 mm. Fig. 6. P. (F.) poppei n.sp., paratype coll. G.T. Poppe, 47 mm X 29 mm. 34 HOUART À new Poireria APEX 8(1-2): 33-36, mars 1993 Figs 7-8. P. (F.) philippinensis (Shuto, 1969), holotype GK.L 6943, 17 mm X 11.9 mm. Fig. 9. P. (F.) primanova Houart, 1985, holotype MNHN, 14.7 mm X 11.4 mm.0 raised lamellae, 10 on first teleoconch whorl, 8 on second, 9 or 10 from third to fifth, 8 or 9 on sixth whorl, and 8 on last teleoconch whorl. Spiral sculpture consisting of numerous, low, rounded cords, more apparent on the abapertural face of the axial lamellae. Last teleoconch whorl with 23-25 spiral cords. Aperture ovate, comparatively small. Columellar lip smooth, completely adherent. Anal notch shallow, broad. Outer lip erect, finely and weakly crenulate, smooth within. Siphonal canal comparatively short, smooth, broad, weakly abaperturally bent, open. Previous canals fused, forming open, narrow umbilicus. Colour whitish to light orange or light brown, lamellae of last teleoconch whorl slightly darker coloured, aperture glossy white. Operculum and radula unknown. REMARKS. Poirieria (Flexopteron) poppei differs from P. (F.) philippinensis (Shuto, 1969) in having a higher spire, more adapically curved axial lamellae, a shorter siphonal canal, more rounded teleoconch whorls (not shouldered as in P. philippinensis), and mostly in having 23- 25 rounded spiral cords on the last teleoconch whorl, for only 10 in P.philippinensis. P. poppei differs from P. primanova Houart, 1985 in the same way; furthermore, P. primanova has only 6 spiral cords and numerous fine threads on the last teleoconch whorl. ETYMOLOGY. Named for Mr Guido T. Poppe, who kindly provided the studied material. [#S) un APEX 8(1-2): 33-36, mars 1993 Acknowledgements. [ am very grateful to Mr Guido T. Poppe (Berchem, Belgium) and to Mr A. Moncur (London, U.K.), for giving me the opportunity to study these specimens. I am also most indebted to Prof. EH. Vokes (Tulane University) for reading the manuscript, and for her welcome advice on an adequate supraspecific classification. REFERENCES. HOUART, R., 1985. Report on Muricidae (Gastropoda) recently dredged in the South- Western Indian Ocean - I. Description of eight new species. Venus 44 (3): 159-171]. 36 A new Poireria HOUART SHUTO, T., 1969. Neogene gastropods from Panay Island, the Philippines. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. (D) 19 (1): 1-250. VOKES, EH, 1992. Cenozoic Muricidae of the western Atlantic region. Part IX - Pterynotus, Poirieria, Aspella, Dermomurex, Calotrophon, Acantholabia, and Aftiliosa: additions and corrections. Tulane Stud. Geol. Paleont. 25 (1-3): 1-108. LAUER Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Description of a new species and a new subspecies of Conus (Mollusca : Prosobranchia : Conidae) from the Canary Islands. José M. LAUER 16, rue du Hohlandsbourg, 68920 Wintzenheim, France. KEY WORDS: Gastropoda, Conidae, new species and new subspecies, Canary Islands. ABSTRACT. Conus guanche is described from Tenerife, Islas Canarias (Spain). The new species 1s compared with several species from western Africa, especially with Conus guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 and Conus adansonii Lamarck, 1810. Conus guanche nitens is described from Lanzarote (Canary Islands). RESUME. Conus guanche est décrit de Ténérife, Iles Canaries (Espagne). La nouvelle espèce est comparée avec plusieurs espèces de l'Ouest Africain, en particulier avec Conus guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 et Conus adansonii Lamarck, 1810. Conus guanche nitens est décrit de Lanzarote (Canaries). INTRODUCTION. K. BANDEL and E. WILS (1977) published an interesting article entitled "On Conus mediterraneus and Conus guinaicus". In this article, the authors presented several populations from Lanzarote, Fuerteventura and Tenerife, as belonging to the species Conus guinaïicus, and separated convincingly these populations from C. mediterraneus Hwass, while they pointed out the reasons why they prefer the name C. mediterraneus to C. ventricolus (Rôding). In 1990, I collected over 120 specimens of a Canarian species of Conus, and compared them with C. guinaicus and several other related species. My conclusion was that these populations neither belong to C. guinaicus, nor to any other known species. Conus guanche, spec. nov. (Figs. 3-4-S) DESCRIPTION. Shell moderately elongate, slightly ventri- cose. Colouration of the background bluish gray. Body whorl smooth and moderately glossy. Protoconch : like the majority of the Conus of a group generally classified in the subgenus Lautoconus Monterosato, 1923, the proto- conch 1s nearly always eroded. From the best specimens, it may be deduced a protoconch of intermediate multispiral type. Spire : postnuclear whorls are from 8 to 9, depending on shell maturity. Spire whorls convex to swollen, this convexity becoming weaker in mature specimens. Suture well marked, underlined with dark-brown, very fine spiral striae, without marked grooves. 37 APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Numerous and close radial striae, shightiy curved towards the left Shoulder rounded with a very weak subangulation Body whorl sides slightly ventricose tending to become straight towards the anterior half which is slightly concave in juveniles. The basal quarter is covered with 9 to 11 small and close, sometimes duplicated ridges. Aperture : The lip is sharp, rather thin on its external edge. It is bordered with a narrow (1 to 2 mm) vellowish inner strip. The inside shows a dark reddish or violet-brown dash, becoming paler and tending to bluish-gray towards the back. This brown zone, which covers the inside from the suture to the base 1s interrupted by two vellowish small spiral bands, localized near the shoulder and the anterior 2/5 of the aperture. Pattern : The pattern is remarkably constant, showing a very restricted variability. Spire : the background is covered with more or less close radially vermiculate brown dashes. The body whorl shows 2 or 3 wide yellowish-ochre spiral bands, and is ornamented with zigzaging, sometimes more or less triangular, chestnut to blackish-brown blotches, which enlarge towards the wide vyellowish bands. Some rather rare specimens show a paler small band around the anterior 2/5. Periostracum : pale greenish-brown, rather thick but translucent. The shell is generally covered with large and thick chalky concretions. COLOUR OF THE ANIMAL : The foot is dark gray. Proboscis and siphon are black. The sole of the foot, pale to pinkish gray. MORPHOMETRIC INDICATIONS : (see tables II to III & graphs I to IT). Average size : 27.55 mm. Average height of the shell/width ratio : 1.81. Average weight/height of the shell ratio : 0.103 gr/mm. Average apical angle (in degrees) : 89°.77. 38 Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens SSp.nov. LAUER MATERIAL EXAMINED 128 live taken specimens from 17,7 to 38,3 mm, 26 specimens of which, including holotype and paratypes, were retained for the morphometric study. ORIGINAL MATERIAL Holotype : 34.0 x 18.2 mm Paratype n° 1 : 26.6 x 14.8 mm Paratype n° 2 : 29.8 x 15.8 mm Paratype n° 3 : 31.0 x 17.9 mm Paratype n° 4 : 26.2 x 14.3 mm Paratypes n° 5 to 10 from 27.9 to 38.5 mm. Holotype and paratype n° 1 are deposited in the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle (MNHN)) in Paris. Paratype n° 2 Museo Insular de Ciencias Naturales, Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Canarias. Paratype n° 3 Museum d'Histoire Naturelle in Geneva n° MNHG 993/101, n° 4 Zoülogisch Museum in Amsterdam, n° ZMA Moll3.93.011. Paratypes n° 5 to 10 in authors collection. TYPE LOCALITY Punta Blanca, about 8 km southern of Los Gigantes, west coast of Tenerife, Canary Islands, between rocks at 0,30 to 2,50 meters depth. DISTRIBUTION Conus guanche seems to be endemic to the Canary Islands. A population which occurs in Fuerteventura, Lanzarote, Graciosa and Lobos presents a some different taxonomy and 1s hereunder described as a provisional subspecies. A third population occuring in western Gran Canaria (fig. 9) shows some taxonomical particularities, but needs more researches about its true identity. From extreme Southern Spain (southern of Cadix) to the Mauretania occurs another uncertain population which may be related to C. guanche, but its badly known taxonomy, ecology and ethology do not allow any serious conclusion for the moment. Its determination on a specific level and its real relation with C. guinaicus need further studies. LAUER ECOLOGY and ETHOLOGY C. guanche manifests diurnal activity. This activity is submitted to the tide movements, and is practically inexistant during falling or low tide. With the rising tide, the animals begin to leave their refuges (rock crevices) and to get to the top of rocks which are covered of sea grass. They are vermivorous (polychaetes). The Canarian coasts (volcanic substratum are subjected to the assaults of occasional rough sea, which explains the rather bad shell conditions of a shallow waters species. ETYMOLOGY Conus guanche is named in memory of the GUANCHES (adj. guanche), the first known inhabitants of the Canarias, who had elaborated a very original civilization before destroyed during more than hundred years (XV th. and XVI th. centuries) by the Spanish "Conquistadores". DISCUSSION 1) The new species should be compared with some related species. In my introduction I cited BANDEL & WILS 's article. The authors distinguish, at a specific level, C. guanche (misidentified as C. guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792) from C. mediterraneus Hwass in B., 1792 (= C. ventricosus Gmelin, 1791 ?) on the basis of convincing arguments such as very significative differences of the egg capsules, radular teeth, a.s.o. I totally agree with their conclusion. 2) COOMANS, MOOLENBEEK and WILS (1985) misidentified this species as C. desidiosus Adams, 1854 (1985 : 165, 191 fig. 634). After examination of the holotype, we conclude that C. desidiosus belongs to the C. mediterraneus group, and is identical to the specimens of a population from Lampedusa Island (Italy), between Eastern Tunisia and Malta. 3) C. xicoi Rôckel, 1987 shows some remarkable resemblences in its patterns. However its height/width ratio (between 1.6 and 1,7) is significatively lower than the one of C. guanche (from 1.69 to 193), which Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 indicates a stockier shell. The shoulder is flatter, as well as the spire whorls, and subangulated. The spiral grooves on the 4-5 first postnuclear whorls (RÔCKEL, 1987 : 45) are absent in C. guanche, and the animal is pinkish. In addition, C. xicoi, endemic to Angola is a tropical (warm waters) species, whereas C. guanche is a temperate waters one (Cold Canarian Stream). 4) In many places, C. guinaicus is sympatric with C. guanche (personal observations in Los Christianos, Tenerife and La Santa, Lanzarote). The shells of this species are totally identical to those from Senegal (size, shape, colours, pattern, ecology). A single view of the comparison tables will convince that C. guinaicus and C. guanche must be separated on a specific level. 5) C. adansonii Lamarck, 1810 (= C. hybridus Kiener, 1845) another species from Senegal, curiously shows closer characters, but can be easily separated on morphological and morphometric data, as it can be observed in the comparison tables and graphs. 6) C. tamsianus Dunker, 1853 also shows some similarities, but is described from Annobon Island (off Gabon). Thus it is a tropical (warm) waters Conus, here considered as a subspecies of C. aemulus Reeve, 1844. Conus guanche nitens subspec. nov. (figs. 6-7-8) NOTE C. guanche nitens presents some morphological, morphometric and ethological differences. It is here described as a subspecies, which does not exclude a further specific status because it is seemingly sympatric with C. guanche s.s. in some localities at Lanzarote. This sympatry, which would exclude a subspecific status, as well as a morphometric treatment based on more numerous specimens, need confirmation and further investigations. Only 8 specimens in good conditions were available for the 39 APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 morphometric examination which pointed out several more or less significative differences. DESCRIPTION Its apical angle 1s less obtuse (mean : 80.25° verso 89.79°). Sides, of the spire generally straight to slightly concave (convexe in C. guanche 5.s.), body whorl less ventricose or nearly straight. The spire is heigher (H/S ratio: 3.94 verso 4.57 - Relative Spire Height : 0.26 verso 0.22). For other morphometric indications, see tables and graphs. The pattern is quite different : background pale whitish to slightly vellowish gray, covered with wider tawny to nearly orange dashes, less numerous than in C. guanche 5.5. and often overlined with darker tawnish punctate lines. The vellowish strip observed inside of the aperture of this last here is totally white, and the inner blotch 1s reddish-brown. MATERIAL EXAMINED 14 live taken specimens from 18,8 to 33,1 mm, 8 specimens of which including holotype and paratypes n° 1 and 2 were retained for the morphometric study. TYPE MATERIAL Holotype 26.2 x 13.2 mm Paratype n° 1 30.5 x 15 mm Paratype n° 2 22.2 x 12.5 mm Holotype and paratype n° 1 are deposited in the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris. Paratype n° 2 in the author's collection. TYPE LOCALITY Islote de los Ingleses, Arrecife, Lanzarote, Canary Islands, in 0.50 to 1.20 m. depth, by rising tide. 40 Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. LAUER DISTRIBUTION C. guanche nitens is known from south- western Fuerteventura, from Lobos lIsl. Lanzarote and Graciosa. The populations from Fuerteventura and Lobos are somewhat paler, sometimes without brownish dashes. ECOLOGY-ETHOLOGY C.guanche nitens has the same activity and feeding customs, but its habitual refuge 1s in sandy bottom, at the foot of the volcanic rocks. ETYMOLOGY nitens is a Latin adjective (= bright) (Cicero). REFERENCES BANDEL, K. & E. WILS, 1977 - On Conus mediterraneus and Conus guinaicus. Bas- teria 41 : 33-45. BRUGUIERE, J.G., 1789-1792 - Encyclo- pédie Méthodique... Histoire Naturelle des Vers. Paris 1,2. COOMANS, H.E., R.G. MOOLENBEE & E. WILS, 1985 - Alphabetical revision of the (sub}species in recent Conidae, 8 : dactylosus to dux. Basteria, 49 : 145-196. DUNKER, G., 1853 - Index Molluscorum in itinere ad Guineam inferiorem collegit Georgius Tams Med. Dr. Cassel : 28-29, pl. IV fig. 22-23. ROÔCKEL, D. 1987 - Conus xicoi, a new species from Angola. Publ. Ocas. Soc. Port. Malac, n° 9 : 45-48 + PI. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. LAUER MORPHOLOGICAL COMPARISONS TABLE I DAIN9 J9pINOUS oul MO[9Q JUSIPIIS A[IPOU ASSOIS ÂTIUSIIS 0] HJOOUWS papunoi JPOUI] PIS [PSIOP OU] UO O[QISIA UIPUIOI UOIUAM “S98 PL [PSPQ PIJ SSOI 10 91OU ‘PAP -ljdnp u91Jo ‘onb11qo [1 016 9PIIJS [PIXB 9S0[9 pur OUI ‘OPUS [PIIdS out} AI9A JIeu JOHOIUP OÙ] UT JUSIPIIS A[IPOU ‘2SO9HIJU9A A[9IPI9POU ASSOIS ATIUAITS 0] HJOOUUS papunol IPouI] 9PLIS [PIPBI PIAINO 9S0[9 AIOA pur snonu9] 9PLIS [PIS 9019 pur out} ÂQ poordoi ‘s940018 ou 9BLIS [P11dS 9019 pur out} ÂQ pooedor ‘S9A001$ où ‘OU [PSIOP oÙ} UO 9[AISIAUT AFIBOU ‘PIS [BHIU9A 9Ù} UO ÂJUO 9[QISIA U9]J0 ‘S9B PL [PSPQ 9SO[NUPIS IPUMOUOS ‘onbifqo ST 01 ZI OPUS [PIXE 9S0[9 pUE QUI] "OPIS [PIIUDA OU} UO SOUO Ç 0} p 1d99X9 ‘suoturoods 1pnpe UT O[GISIAUT AJIPOU 910994 UOIUM So8pli [PSeq onb11qo pue poxIeu of] ZI O1 OI SOUO [PIXE 9S0[9 pue OUI] ‘oBLIS [PIS juIBy AI9A aps -UO[9 PUR POAINO AJOILIOPOUU 2S09LHU9A 0] paAIND AJSUONS ao 1d ASSOIS ATIUBITS 0] UIOOWS pole] -nsurqns AUSIIS ‘papunol Ibou| ASSOIS ATIUBI]S 0] HJOOUS UOrepnaurqns HPOM ÂI9A B JIM popunoi a IPINBOUT JPUMOUWOS 998JINs "RIOHAM AGO4 XAd'INOHS 91nns 9PINIS [PIP -PI P9AIN9 pu 9$019 ‘JUIP] 2PUIS [PIPEI POAINO pur 2S019 ‘IUIP] S91nJd[n9s [PIpe1 SDAOO!S [PIIdS p 01 Z S9AOO!S [PIIAS [IPLUS Z O1 p SITOUS [NP UT U9AO HOUM IS oul SP OS[P ‘8uI8[nq (t'8 :UPou ) S'e 0] 9'ZL S[[OUS 1Npe UI PIJ ÂpIPOU HOUA SP] ‘Su18nq 0] XOAUO9 (9'8 :uPou )G 018 S[[OUS 1IN PP UI JPI] [OUM ]SP] ‘X9AUO9 ÂTIUSIIS (S'S :uPou ) T'6 01 L'L possaidop jeym -DUOS SI HOIUM [IOUM JSE] ou} 1d99X9 ‘X9AUO9 AFIUAIS (S'L ‘urouu ) L'$ 01 L Soinidpnos ends [Jo 1d S'RIOHM HAIdS S[IOUM JB99nus0d Jo'u ‘DAPOU09 AFIUSITS O1 JUS IPS SUOJIU 2YIUDNÈ SNUOT) ‘XOAUO9 O1] JUSIPIIS 2YIUDNÈ SHUOT) ‘181.1 ÂpIPOU HUOSUDPD SHUO7) sn pe UT XOAUO9 AIUSIS O] JUS T.IS SNIIDUINT SNUOT) odeys HAIdS S'ALLOV'AVHI 41 LAUER Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 inuation) MORPHOLOGICAL COMPARISONS (Conti TABLE I Su] a1Pjound AUMEP] JOYIPP UIIM POUIIDAO U9}J0 ‘SOUSPP UMO1q-98UP10 O} AUMP] JOPIA UM P9I9A00 UMO1Q XIPP UIIM pouipiopun A[SUO1IS *ÂPOQPIU 9U} SO[OIIOUO pueq [PUS Jojed e sou} -AU0S ‘odeus 1Pn8uPLI) SSo] 10 9IOU JO ‘SoysPp UMOIQ SUISPZSIZ 10 9]P[N9IWI9A Â[IPIPEI 9S0[9 SS9I 10 9IOW UMOIG-USD2PIQ XIPP UIIA poutpiopun Af[Su01)S ApoqpItu ou] 12 pueq [P11ds OHUA SS9[IO 9IOUU USUIUA P Aq Sou0Z OM ut poredos pur SONLUP] [PIXE pue SOU [PI1dS UI PouSI fe JPUMOUOS ‘SOUSPP [PLUS 1Pn3uPL] SS] 10 91OUU UMOIQ XIPP JIM P919409 S9pEUS AUMP] 0] ysDquid ofed qi pa19p10q SO[NLUP{] IPIXP MHPOM MOUS SUOU -10dS aW0S ‘SoUO SIM Jo Spueq € 10 7 Aq parrdos A[{SnOI ‘SoUSEp UMO1Q do9p 0] AUMPI OPA UJIN P919409 Â[ISOU :9[qP1IPA ÂTIUSIU OUI] USTUMOIG OUI] ÂAIDA P UM PouIHopun SOLUTOUOS HJOM 4poq 9injns 9 nds SOUSPP- AUME] POIEINLUP]] ÂIIPIPEI UIIM ÂPIS USIIIUM API8 USIMOI[9A 01 ySsimIq apd SOUSPP AUMP] O] UMOIQ [PLUS UIIM par2ods ABIS USIU9918 0] USIN]Q __JOPNOUS ou] SPIPA -0] BUIBIPI[UA JOU ‘PaAINO OIL ‘ÂPIS IOWIPP UIIM poaui] ‘PPOIQ Â[9IPI9pOW J9pNOUS ou] SPIPMO] BUISIPIUO ‘POAINO OI] ‘UMOIG SNO99PIOIA HUM poSul] ‘PPOIQ JoUIPI P9AIN9 AIUSIS pue 3u18[nq * MOLIPU ‘USM dieys A19A pue urql APOdPIUL 9UI MO[9Q QUO JOPIM P ‘JOPINOUS AU] MOI9Q PUPQ USITUM [IPLUS Y ‘2PISUI OUI SPIPMOI USIJIUYAM BUTLUO9 -94 U9]0[Q UMOIQ -USIPP9I - OPI SUDJIU 2YIUDNÈ SNUO) P9AIN9 ATIUBIIS pue SuI8[nq ‘SUOIIS ‘25194 USIMOT[DA dieys pue url Joujei APOQPILU AU] PUE I9pPMOUS ou] MO[9Q SpuPQ USIHIUM [PUS OML "9PISUI OÙ] SPIPMO] ÂP18 -USIn[q SUILIO294 ‘U210IQ UMO1IG-I9[OIA O] USIPPOI YIPP SOUSEP POBUPLIP A[IPIpEI SS9] 10 DIOU ‘PAIOIIPIS SI -Y9PIQ [IPS UM poppoods APOQPILU AU] UO pur q USA ‘APIS USIU9918 0] ySIn[q JOPMOUS 9U] SPIPMO] PIANO pue SUISIPIUO ‘UMOIQ do9p UIM POUITIOPUN ‘PPOIQ JOUR] US IRIS A[ICOU ‘PLUS ‘o819q ofed SIOdS UMOIQ UIIA ‘USIIIUAM dieys mg Suous APOqPIL AU} SPIBMO] QUO JOPIM P ‘IOPINOUS AU] MO9Q pUPQ USIIUA [PUIS V ‘9pISUI OU] SPIBMOI ABIS-USIJIUM SUI -L1099Q ‘91014 UMOIG-19[OTA 2SPQ 9] SPIPMO] 981P[U9 OU 8UIOP ‘OPIAM Â[9IPIOpOUI DYIUDNÈ SHUOT) 2SPq MO] SUIUOPIM ATIUSIS AIUO ‘OPIA A[9I210pou HUOSUDPD SNUO) SOUSPP PaSUPLIE À -IPEI SSO] 10 AJOU ‘AUMP] 10 USIUMO1Q 981P[ UM P9Poods AP18-USIN[Q 0] USIIUM ands puno 18 Y°eq N'HHLLVd 4NO'I0) JpNOUS ou] SPIPMO] poAImo ASUOIS pur SUIMOLIPU ‘UMO1Q d99p UIIMA pouiopun ABUOINS ‘pPo1Q POISIMI JPUMOLOS O1 JUSIPIIS ‘SUOIIS ‘USIIIUM qolOu ,JEUr, PIOJ JE NO OHUM-USIMOII9A 01 ysrqurd dieys inq Suo1s di] 94} JO drnjs opisur ApOdpilu au} pur J0p[Nous ou] MO[9Q SpUPQ [[PLUS Si -JIUAM OM “9PISUI OUI SPIPM -0] AIS USIN[q 9[Pd SUILO9 -94 ‘U9]0]Q UMOIQ-USIPPOI 2seq OUI SPIPMOI SUIUOPIA ‘PPOIQ SHOIDUINS SHUOT) SINO[O9 9PISUI qprM ANA LH HV S ALLIV AVHI 42 LAUER Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 TABLE II : MORPHOMETRIC COMPARISONS | 225 28.3 18.5 18.8 HEIGHT Es the SHELL 52.2 38.3 30.5 nee, DIAMETER B 39.14 27.56 23.89 S Mini HEIGHT of the SPIRE axi Stand.Deviation Variation Coef. 8.89 5.814 4416 22.71% 21.10% 18.48 % AA° Mini APICAL ANGLE ° Stand.Deviation Variation Coet. W WEIGHT (gr) PC 22.6> <56.9 15.7> <39.2 14.6> < 32.7 Confid.Interval 95% DEPTH of the PALLEAL CHANNEL Maximum MEAN Standard Deviation 40.03 5.891 14.72 % 28.2> <51.8 Variation Coef. Confid.Interval 95% Stand.Deviation Variation Coetf. 72 98 89.8 6.947 7.TAN 75.9> <103.7 1.02 6.95 3.01 1.67 DD.47 % 90.4 6.111 6.76% 78.2> < 102.6 7.26% 84.6> <1 13.4 Maximum MEAN Stand.Deviation Stand.Deviation Variation Coel. Stand.Deviation Variation Coetf. 43 APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. LAUER TABLE II : MORPHOMETRIC COMPARISONS (Continuation) Minimum 0.143 0155 0.216 Maximum 0.249 0.245 ù 0.318 MEAN 1.186 0.204 û 0,258 Stand.Deviation 0.029 0.025 à 0.039 Variation Coef. 15.61 % 12.07 % .56% 15.11% Minimum ù e 0.671 RELATIVE DIAMETER |Maximum É .67£ 0.761 of the BODY WHORL |MFAN 6 6: 0.713 (LD/B) Stand.Deviation h } 0.02 Variation Coef. 3.48 X 3.77 % 2.78% Minimum Maximum MEAN Stand.Deviation Variation Coel. RPE Minimum 0.103 0.054 0.08 0.074 RELATIVE PALLEAL |Maximum 0.189 0.135 0.198 0.155 EXPANSION MEAN 0.141 0.1 0.131 0.101 (PC/B) Stand.Deviation 0.022 0.019 0.028 0.033 Variation Coef. 15.63 % 19.27 % 21.75% 33.06 % RWE RELATIVE WHORL Maximum EXPANSION MEAN (LD/SD) Stand.Deviation AE ini 0.065 .05£ 0.066 APERTURE EXPANSION |Maxi 0.121 Ù 0.118 (LD-SD)/B] ) 0.102 -09: 0.095 0.011 ï 0.011 10.98 % 31% 11.95% 28.37 38.12 32.59 Stand.Deviation J. NS 3. 3.643 Variation Coet. 58% 9.48 Y 9.52 % 11.18% RELAT.SPIRAL ANGLE |Maximum [360°-{AA+RBA)] /2 MEAN Stand.Deviation Variation Coef. 4 LAUER Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 TABLE III - MORPHOMETRIC CORRELATIONS C:guinaicus covariance 45.91 LS 127 18.623 8.861 covariance 40,15 15,687 9,295 3.603 covariance -6,177 -1,087 -10,493 covariance 0.000226 0.,00022 0,000239 0.00015 correlation 0.939 0,961 0.973 covariance 30,987 13.468 14,961 9,529 GRAPHS I- Z Score of H/LD Z Scale Z Scale Conus guinaicus Conus adansonii Z Scale Z Scale Conus guanche Conus guanche nitens 45 LAUER Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 GRAPHS II: POLINOMIAL REGRESSION of H and LD SUAJIU 2Y2UDNS SHUO°7) a1 €L el LL 2X2S0 + X8g/9 + 2929 =A HUOSUDPD SHUO°) q1 0€ \88b + + 606 LA- 2Y2UDNS SNU0T) 2Xb00' - X6 L + 92p -= A SHOIDUINS SHUOT) 2X*X2L0 - XGBL'2 + 218 2-= A 46 APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. LAUER POLINOMIAL REGRESSION of W and H GRAPHS III SUAJIU AYIUDHS SU07) ayouvns SU07) H H O£ 8e 9e zXE£00 + X190 +/G21-=A ZXLLO! + XEGE -820+= A HUOSUDPD SNUO) SHDIDUINS SNUO°) zX8LO' + XE96' - S89 bL = À 2XELO + X£OS 47 APEX 8(1-2) 37-50, mars 1993 Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. LAUER 14 + type locality of C.guanche j * ALEGRANZA !ype locality of C.g.nitens MONTANA CLARA. ROQUE —— GRACIOSA //— PELESTE LANZAROTE "" " | 2 T Arrecife LA PALMA NARIAN 2 4--ÿ LOBos 691 / =") IE 1 TENERIFE/ k \é 7Sta Cruz 7: Puerto del Rosari GOMERA Er. ii ( FUERTEVENTURA 1 1 : SE rsel À cn É [Cap Juby HIERRO , ) ' z Ps " À É Le ER: SPANISH SAHARA EN l Fig 1 - Map of the Canary Islands Fig. 2 MORPHOMETRIC MEASURES AND RATIOS H - Height of the shell LD - Largest Diameter SD - Smallest Diameter B - Hcight of the Body Whorl S - Hcight of the spire = H-B AW - Aperture Width = LD-SD AA - Apical Angle (in degrees) W - Weight (in grammes) PC - Depht of the Palleal Channel H/LD - Heighi / Largest Diameter RSH - Relative Spire Height =S/H RD - Rel. diameter of the Body Whor! =LD / B W/H - Rel. Weight = W (er.)/ H (mm.) RPE - Rel. Pallcal Expansion = PC ; B RWE - Rei. Whorls Expansion = LD / SD AE - Aperture Expansion = AW; B RSD - Rel. Spire Diameter = 2* [S* tan (AA/2)| RBA - Rel.Basal Angle = 2* [tan ,((RSD/2) /B)] RSA - Rel. Spiral Angle = | 360°- (AA+RBA)|] /2 48 LAUER Conus guanche sp.nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Figs. 3-8. Fig. 3 - Conus guanche - holotype (34 mm) .Punta Blanca, Tenerife, Canary Islands. Fig. 4 - Conus guanche - paratype n° 1 (26,6 mm) Punta Blanca, Tenerife, Canary Islands. Fig. 5 - Variability of Conus guanche - (from left to right : 27,9 - 24 and 21 mm) Punta Blanca, Tenerife, Canary Islands (coll. Lauer). Fig. 6 - Conus guanche nitens - Holotype (26,2 mm) Isleta de los Ingleses, Arrecife, Lanzarote, Canary Islands. Fig. 7 - Conus guanche nitens - paratype n° 1 (30,5 mm) isleta de los Ingleses, Arrecife, Lanzarote, Canary Islands. Fig. 8 - Variability of Conus guanche nitens - left : Arrecife, Lanzarote (22,2 mm) - right : Lanzarote (27,8 mm), Canary Islands (coll. Lauer). 49 APEX 8(1-2): 37-50, mars 1993 Conus guanche sp nov. & C. guanche nitens ssp.nov. LAUER Figs. 9-14. Fig. 9 - Conus aff. guanche - (18,9 mm) Agaete, Gran Canaria Canary Islands (coll. Lauer). Fig. 10 - Conus xicoi - (22 mm) Angola (coll. Lauer). Fig. 11 - Conus (mediterraneus ?) desidiosus - (27,4 mm) Lampedusa Island, Italy (off Tunisia) (coll. Lauer). Fig. 12 - Conus guinaicus - (45,5 mm) Tenerife, Canary Islands (coll. Lauer). Fig. 13 - Conus guinaicus - variability - (44,1, 44,9 and 43,6 mm) Petite Côte, Sénégal (coll. Lauer). Fig. 14 - Conus adansonii - variability - (41,6, 40,6 and 48,2 mm) N'Gor, Senegal (coll. Lauer) 50 The distribution of molluscs in beach deposits as identification of recent evolution in the littoral Robert PEUCHOT Musée de Zoologie, Faculté des Sciences, Université Libre de Bruxelles Av.F.D.Roosevelt, 50, 1050 Brussels, Belgium. and Arille TASSIN Humane Wetenschappen, Vrije Universiteit Brussel Pleinlaan, 2, 1050 Brussel KEYWORDS. Belgian coast, wadden, mollusc distribution, beach deposits, recent geology, ecological affinity. MOTS-CLEFS. Côte belge, wadden, distribution des mollusques, laisse de mer, géologie récente, affinités écologiques. ABSTRACT. Several factors are responsible for the distribution of the malacological fauna on the beaches of our coast.A detailed analysis of this fauna (4309 individuals from 93 species), sampled in the mean tide level on the beach over a distance of 6 km (starting from the harbour of Ostend towards Klemskerke), shows the presence of marine, brackishwater, freshwater shells together with landsnails. After grouping the different species with reference to their ecological affinity, distribution histograms were made and a statistical analysis was executed. Due to these distribution tests the unexpected presence of freshwater and brackishwater species has been corresponded with the existence in the past of outflow channels and a wadden landscape. Such type of analysis seems to give very good complementary research tools for the study of the recent geology of the coast and for local archaeological investigations. RESUME. Différents facteurs sont responsables de la distribution de la faunule malacologique sur les plages de notre littoral. L'analyse détaillée de cette faunule (4309 exemplaires comprenant 93 espèces), échantillonnée dans les laisses de mer et au niveau de l'estran, sur une distance de 6 km (depuis le chenal d'Oostende jusque Klemskerke), révèle la présence de coquilles marines, d'eau saumâtre, dulçaquicoles et terrestres. Des histogrammes de répartition des échantillons ont été dressés et leur analyse statistique a été effectuée en groupant les différentes espèces suivant leur affinité écologique. A la lumière de ces tests de répartition, la présence insolite d'espèces d'eau douce et saumâtre a pu être mise en rapport avec l'existence de chenaux d'écoulements et de systèmes lagunaires anciens. De telles analyses se révèlent être de bons outils d'investigations complémentaires pour les études de la géologie récente du littoral ainsi que pour les recherches archéologiques locales. PEUCHOT & TASSIN Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 51 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 Recent evolution in the littoral SAMENVATTING. Verschillende factoren zijn verantwoordeliyk voor de verdeling van de molluskenfauna op de stranden van onze kust. De gedetailleerde analyse van deze fauna (4309 stuks met 93 soorten), waarbij steekproeven genomen werden op het niveau van het strand en in de vloedlijn over een afstand van 6 km (vanaf de haveningang van Oostende tot Klemskerke), doet ons de aanwezigheid van mariene schelpen, brakwater- en zoetwater- soorten en landslakken vaststellen. Na groepering van de verschillende soorten volgens hun ecologische affiniteit werden verdelingshistogrammen van de steekproeven ongesteld en werd een statistische analyse uitgevoerd. Dankziy deze verdelingstesten werd de onverwachte aanwezigheid van zoetwater- en brakwatermollusken in verband gebracht met het bestaan van vroegere afwateringsgeulen en lagunaire systemen. Zulke analyses blijken zeer goede complementaire onderzoekswerktuigen te zijn voor de studie van de recente geologie PEUCHOT & TASSIN van de kust en voor lokaal archeologisch onderzoek. INTRODUCTION For many years (since 1976), the authors have been undertaking malacological analyses along the sandy shores of the Southern North Sea (Belgian coast). When sieving beach sand, many shells are found in the size fractions of less than 5 mm. Besides protoconchs and small specimens belonging to the seabottom fauna, significant quantities of shells typical for brackishwater, freshwater and even for the land environment are found. Among the typical marine species most are living or dead juvenile forms of molluscs commonly found along the coast, other delicate specimens belong to much less common or even rare species. The present paper deals with the molluscs species originating from brackishwater, freshwater and land. For them the sea shore may be considered as a tapho- or tanathocoenosis. This surprising heterogeneity of the malacological faunula of the beach suggests the occurence of many phenomena responsible for this distribution. The general tidal and residual circulation in the Southern Bight of the North Sea is well documented (especially since the Belgian research program "Mathematical model of the North Sea"). Vectors carrying non marine shells to the sea could be the large rivers of the delta (Scheldt, 52 Meuse, Rhine) or other local rivers with a less important flow like the Aa or the Yser. On a smaller and more locale scale, outflow channels collecting waters, mostly brackish, caught in the reclaimed land of the coastal plain (polders") by the ditches ("wateringen"), and draining them to the estuaries or into harbours (Dunkirk, Ostend, Zeebrugge....), could also carry some shells to the littoral. Erosion may also be taken into account for explaining the presence of non-marine shells among the beach sediments. In such case, while the seabed is eroded subfossil molluscs are extracted, worked by waves and streams and locally deposited together with recent marine shells on the beaches. The present work demonstrates that the latter mechanism is likely to occur. The spatial and quantitative distribution of the non-marine molluscs among the beach deposits thus helps to describe the past geomorphology of the studied seashore. MATERIAL AND METHOD In order to describe the distribution of all the malacological components of the shore (living, dead and remains) to analyse their ecological origin and to deduce the mechanism leading to their accumulation in the sediments on the beach, we sampled beach sand and deposits at mean tide level along 5 km line PEUCHOT & TASSIN running East of Ostend (starting at kilometer post 31) towards Klemskerke; the interval between the samples was 1 km. In this context our 6 sampling stations are called 31 to 36 inclusive. In this region the residual tidal nearshore circulation is moving Eastwards. A first sampling on 19 and May 1976 was followed by a new one on 20 May 1977. At each station, 90 cm3 of superficial sediments were collected with a spatula and fixed in 10% formalin in order to preserve the live specimens. This large bulk of material has been completely examined under a dissecting microscope. All the living molluscs, shells and fragments of shells were sorted, identified and counted at the species level. Besides the taxonomic analysis all the species were classified according to the ecological environment to which they belong. We can define 8 classes: IL Species from dry biotopes (dunes). 2: Species from dry biotopes with humid characteristics (bushes, groves). sh Species from humid biotopes (permanently humid depressions, wateredges). 4. Freshwater species tolerating very low salinitv. + Brackishwater species tolerating freshwater. 6. Brackishwater species. 7. Marine species tolerating low salinity. 8. Marine species. If we consider also the 2 samples of 1976 we can even introduce a Oth class, namely the typical freshwater environment. The observed frequencies for this class were however very small. The statistical methods used for the classification and for the comparison between classes and stations, are described in sections 3 and 4 below. ANALYSIS OF THE SAMPLES Species and frequencies The present analysis is based principally on the samples of 1977. These 6 samples gave a great number of specimens (4309) and a Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 surprisingly high number of different species (93). Table I gives for each species the present- day ecological class, the abundance and the frequency in the sample. Graphs drawn for each ecological class show the frequency of all the species at each station along the sampling line. Terrestrial, freshwater and brackishwater classes are described and discussed below. Terrestrial molluscs To the land molluscs belong typical dry land species which live in xerophytic dunes environments. Among them, Mellicella spp. are indicator species. Land molluscs from wet environments are also present. These species are living in old dunes covered with bushes and woods or close to ponds. Typical species are Zonitoides excavatus and Trichia hispida. Although the biomass of living molluscs is rather low in dunes, the soil contains numerous dead shells. They are well preserved since these dunes are made of carbonate sand. The presence of these remains are indicators of previous environmental conditions which in dunes may change from dry to wet. Fig. 1 shows peaks of occurrence of land species at station 33 (2,5% of species from dry dunes), station 35 ( 3,6% of species from dry dunes) ans station 36 (2,3% of species from humid dunes). Freshwater and brackishwater molluscs We put together in one group the non-marine aquatic species. To them we added the land species from permanent humid biotopes like marshlands and wateredges which may remain submerged such as Succinea elegans. Among the freshwater species able to support brackish water, Lymnaea ovata is a typical example. In the present study not one species living exclusively in freshwater was found in the six samples of May 1977. Some were, however, found in the 1976 samples (see the appendix). A typical brackishwater species able to tolerate freshwater 1s Potamopyrgus jenkinsi. 53 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 In Fig. 2, we see a distinct rise of the total number of freshwater and brackishwater species, when going from station 31 to 36. At station 36 this group constitutes 11,6% of the species. It is worth noting that this rise occurs as one moves eastwards away from the entrance of the Ostend harbour (the place where the land runoff occurs). This seems a rather surprising pattern since one could expect a decrease of the species of class 6. There is however no evidence for such a decrease. Many arguments might be considered for explaining such a distribution pattern: the vicinity of the runoff at Ostend, the relative distance of the Scheldt estuary and the direction of the residual current along the shore. Not one of them gives a satisfactory explanation for the presence of increasing amounts of fresh- and brackishwater species to the East. Another surprising fact is the sensible reduction in the number of strictly marine species at station 31 (Fig. 3) to the benefit of an increasing number of marine species able to tolerate varying salinities. In the histogram the modes for both classes are clearly separated in such à way that, when taking into account other environmental factors like currents, we can not assert that there 1s any influence from the Ostend harbour system. The observed distribution may only result from local erosion. Such a mechanism is quite explainable when we consider the historical evolution of the geomorphology along this part of the littoral. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The distribution analysis given above is based on frequencies of occurrence in the sample of species originating from environments which are completely different. This analysis has given us already strong indications to exploit the observed distribution. A more powerful tool in checking the homogeneity of the studied region is a correlation analysis. Due to the non-single distribution a correlation coefficient can't be calculated. It is however possible to achieve this aim by using a method in which the single 54 Recent evolution in the littoral PEUCHOT & TASSIN distribution is not necessary: the contingency coefficient also called the "Pearson's coefficient of mean square contingency". C = e (Conover) _UNTT k : total number of samples r : total number of species in the k samples Ojj : observed number of individuals of species j in sample 1 Ej; : theorical number of individuals of species j in sample 1 and with k rs MEN ÉO i=1j=1 Ÿ The theorical numbers Æ;; however are unknown but can be approximated. Therefore we take all the studied samples together and calculate the probability to find each observed species in all the samples in the following way INC | = P (species j) = P ke PES A ROr EE) where K : all the observed samples R : all the observed species when R N'= DAO: 10% i = being the total number of individuals in sample 1, the theorical values Æ will be ij found as The calculation of the contingency coefficient has been executed for the observed species. Ît is also possible to check the PEUCHOT & TASSIN dependence between the samples when we consider the ecological classes, as defined above, instead of the species. The theorical values for C are O S > Ty ne ne PE 1 PES | is appproximately X? distributed with V = S-1 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 is appproximately X? distributed with V = S-1 degrees of freedom. Since Q is X? distributed it can be used for hypothesis testing. For our purpose this is however not necessary since our conclusion can be derived from the comparison of the results. We know that the smaller the value of Q the bigger the correlation of the samples 1s and therefore the greater the affinity. We also applied the C Cochran Q test on 2 samples according to the method called the "Mc Nemar test for the significance of changes (Siegel)". This Mc Nemar test is slightly different from the generalised Cochran Q for 2 samples as described in Marascuilo and Mc Sweeney. Both give approximately the same results. The Q-values in Table III have been obtained with the implementation of the test in SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences). The slowly rising values of Q from station 31 towards the studdenly culminating point between stations 34 and 35 and the sharp fall afterwards indicates the existence of a particular local distribution in that part of the studied area. It will be shown afterwards that even the slowly rising Q-values between stations 31 and 34 can be explained. DISCUSSION The presence of freshwater and brackishwater species at some locations of our sampling line, revealed by the frequency distribution (table I) and confirmed by the statistical analysis appears to be local and is probably due to marine erosion. As discussed already above, hydrodynamical advections from rivers or sewage runoff should not be responsible for such particular distribution. Local erosion of the seabed may explain the presence of these molluscs with enough satisfaction. Such erosion is a common feature on the Belgian coast demonstrated clearly by the abundance, at some places, of conspicuous peatmass and clay balls accumulated in the beach deposits. This erosive activity is mining subfossil wadden environments (with dunes, marshes, 56 Recent evolution in the littoral PEUCHOT & TASSIN brackish lagoons and channels) extending presently under the seabottom along the flemish coastal maritime plain many movements of the sea, flooding over the coastal brackish environments and retiring after a short or a longer period, happened during the holocene. The second Dunkirkian sea transgression (Dunkirkian II) in the 4th century À.D. was the last important movement in the studied portion of the Belgian coast. The presence in our sampling line of a narrow localised area, characterised by the particular mollusc composition in the beach deposits, is related to the existence at the same place of a channel of the wadden landscape, existing before the last transgression. In order to check this possible correlation, we did compile numerous archaeological, historical and chart data listed in the bibliography. To the East of Ostend, two main tidal channel systems are noticed. The first one, close to Ostend, is converging towards the harbour and its older defense systems; many parts of this system still remain inland (Grote Keïaard, Oude Straatkreek, Zoutekreek, etc.). The second main channel, easternmost, 1s according to our compilations, flowing northeast from near Oudenburg and Ettelgem. The sea was reached between De Haan and Wenduine. The main arguments for determining the area covered by this channel and creek are deduced from the present geomorphology especially the presence of low altitude meadows with turf soil (fig .4) The eastern limit of this channel must lie cast of De Haan (see fig. 4) probably where the actual shoreline bends slightly towards the northeast to Wenduine. The Wenduine Bank, a rather stable and undeep offshore sandbank, lying a few miles off the actual coast line, is a strip on the past dune who formed the littoral in historical times as suggested by archacological remains (pottery and potsherds) found there and which can be found occasionally washed ashore. Behind these dunes a large creek open to the sea (the actual "Grote Rede") was at that time PEUCHOT & TASSIN collecting the tidal channels of this part of the coast. The limits of these channel systems of the pretransgression wadden environment may also be traced by plotting on the chart (fig. 4) the localisation of the old farms and villages ('hoven"). They were built along these old channels (for communication) near their marshes whose productive meadows sustained sheep ranching and also ciose to the sandbanks where, due to the higer level, some agriculture could be practised. Nowadays, the distribution of both farming activities can still be seen on the aereal photograph (prepared by the Institut Géographique National). Moreover, the relief data and the farm locations given by the charts does correlate with the actual soil occupations: prominent culture zones and lower turf based meadows. The turf, which forms the basis of the low level meadow zones, has been dried by the digging of the "“wateringen" system, collecting water throughout the whole region, and is therefore reducing in thickness. This particularity adds some sharpness in the delimitation of the depressed level of the past channel and marsh system. We can deduce from this historical and geographical research that our sampling line, along the actual shore line, crossed a channel between stations 33 and 35. This clearly explains the presence of the sharp disturbance in the mollusc distribution. The presence of species from so many different biotopes in the same eroded deposits indicates that all these environments were very close to each other. This is an argument in favor of the presence of a rather narrow tidal channel in connection with a small creek behind the dune line of which the remains are still present in the sea (the first range of sandbanks). According to the location of the main channel systems described above we suppose that the channel located north of Bredene (km 34) joined one of the bigger ones. It is however possible that the two main channels and the smaller one form together a delta of a river for which the general form in our region is respected. Scheldt, Meuse and Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 Rhine are going from their sources to the north and turn west not so far from their mouth. This can only be determined with additional research. We said already above that the Q- values are slowly increasing towards a cumulating point. Fig. 5 gives us a good indication to explain this fact. In the depthline of 4 meter we see a distinct flexion with direction east around km 34. It is therefore obvious that between Ostend and kilometer 34 the Q-values will increase since the residual tidal nearshore circulation 1s going east. CONCLUSION The analysis of the distribution of mollusc species collected along a part of the sandy shores of the Southern North Sea (Belgian coast) provides us with information concerning the past geomorphology of the nowadays sea bottom which is presently and locally submitted to erosion. The faunal composition is rich, including besides marine ones, land, fresh- and brackishwater species. Their quantitative and spatial distribution indicates sharply (less than Ikm resolution) the presence of a subfossil tidal channel belonging to the wadden environment which existed in the region before the last marine transgression and human diking activities. The location of this channel east of Ostend is confirmed by arguments from topography, toponymy, soil analysis, archaeaology and present distribution of agriculture practices. Such malacological analysis appears to be a complementary and useful tool for the investigation of recent geology and geomorphology of the littoral (transgressions, evolution of the shore line and dunes) as well as for archaeological research. Acknowledgements We would like to thank Dr. G. Houvenaghel (laboratory of biological oceanography, Université Libre de Bruxelles) for his advice and assistance during the elaboration of this work and the preparation of the manuscript. We are also indebted to Mr Cooreman, F. Lambert and E. Terwinghe for their technical assistance. 57 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 APPENDIX Species found in the samples of 1976 and not present in the 1977 ones. They are listed following the classification given above with insertion of class 9 on his natural place. Within each class species are ordered systematically Class 1: species from dry biotopes Pupilla muscorum Theba pisana Hellicella intersecta Class 3: species from humid biotopes Succinea oblonga Vertigo pygmaea Class 9: typical freshwater species Valvata piscinalis Physa acuta Anisus laevis Anisus rotundatus Class 4: freshwater species tolerating very low salinity Bithynia leachii Lymnaea truncatula Anisus planorbis Anisus albus Anisus crista Anisus contortus Class 5: brackishwater species tolerating freshwater Bithynia tentaculata Class 7: marine species tolerating low salinity Nucella lapillus Class 8: marine species Lacuna parva Trivia europaea Oenopotfa turricula Chrysallida indistincta Solecurtus chamasolen Recent evolution in the littoral PEUCHOT & TASSIN REFERENCES ADAM, VW. 1947. Notes sur les gastéropodes. XV: Recherches sur la faune malacologique des dunes littorales de la Belgique. Bulletin du Musée royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, 8(27):1-26. ADAM, VW, 1960. Mollusques. T.l: Mollusques terrestres et dulcicoles. Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique. Bruxelles, 402 pp. AMERIJCKX, J & A. VERHULST, 1958. Enkele historische geographische problemen in verband met de oudste geschiedenis van de Vlaamse kustvlakte. Handelingen der Maatschappij voor geschiedenis en oudheidkunde te Gent - Nieuwe Reeks, 12(6):1-25. ANTEUNIS, A, 1956. Biosociologische studie van de Belgische zeeduinen, verband tussen de plantengroei en de molluskenfauna. Verhandelingen van de Koninklijke Vlaamse Academie voor Wetenschappen, Letteren en Schone Kunsten van België. Klasse der Wetenschappen, 54:1-194 BABIO, CR. 1971. Contribucion al conocimiento de la protoconcha de los molluscos Gasteropodes Prosobranquios y Opistobranquies (Pyramidellidae y Cephalaspidae). Universidad de Santiago. Biologia, 4:1-36. BABIO, C.R., 1973. Notes sur la faune et la flore marine de la région de Roscoff. Compléments à la faune des mollusques de la région de Roscoff. Travaux de la Station Biologique de Roscoff (N.S.), 20(31):1-4. BABIO, CR. & C. THIRIOT-QUIEVREUX, 1975. Pyramellidae, Philinidae et Retusidae de la région de Roscoff. Etude particulière des protoconques de quelques espèces. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 16:-96. BABIO, C.R. & C THIRIOT-QUIEVREUX, 1975. Trochidae, Skeneidae et Skeneopsidae (Mollusca, Prosobranchia) de la région de Roscoff. Observations au microscope électronique à balayage. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 16:521-530. PEUCHOT & TASSIN BABIO, CR. & C. THIRIOT-QUIEVREUX, 1974. Gastéropodes de la région de Roscoff. Etude particulière de la protoconque. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 15:531-549. BAILLOT, G., 1961. La répartition des fonds sous-marins dans la Manche Occidentale. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 2:187-208. BELPAIRE, AÀ., 1855. De la plaine maritime depuis Boulogne jusqu'au Danemark. Anvers, 242 pp. BERTRAND, C., 1975. La toponymie du nord du Pas-de-Calais. Les Naturalistes Belges, 56(7):238-252. BEUKEMA, J.J., 1976. Biomass and species richness of the macrobenthic animais living on the tidal flats of the Dutch Wadden Sea. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research, 10(2):236-261. CABIOCH, L., 1961. Etude de la répartition des peuplements benthiques au large de Roscoff. Cahiers de Biologie Marine. 2:1-40. CABIOCH, L. & CR. BABIO, 1975. Additions à l'inventaire des mollusques marins de la région de Roscoff. I-Gastéropodes Prosobranches, Lamellibranches. 7ravaux de la Station Biologique de Roscoff (N.S.), 22:3- 5! CAESAR, U.J.,1981 De Gallische oorlog. Vertaald door F.A. van KATWIJK - KNAPP. Nederlandse Boekhandel, 198 pp CAMERON, R.A.D. & M. REDFERN, 1976. British Land Snails. The Linnean Society of London. Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series). Academic Press. London, 6:64 pp. CONOVER, W.J., 1971. Practical Non- parametric Statistics. J. Wiley & Sons, Inc, 507 pp. DARO, MH.,1969. Etude écologique d'un brise-lames de la côte Belge. I- Description et zonation des organismes. Annales de la Société Royale Zoologique de Belgique, 99(3- 4):111-152. DE LEENER, L & M.VAN RUYMBEKE, 1960. Monografie der Zeepolders. Repertorium van de Bodemkundige eigenschappen der belangrijke bodemtypen in de Belgische Zeepolders. Mededelingen van de Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 Landbouwhogeschool en de opzoekings- stations van de staat te Gent, 25(1):416 pp. DEROUX, G., 1961. Rapports taxonomiques d'un Leptonacé non décrit "Lepton subtrigonum" Jeffreys (Nomen nudum - 1873). Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 2:99-153. DE SAEGHER, N., 1969. Recherches d'écologie animale dans la réserve du Zwin. Université Libre de Bruxelles. Laboratoire de Zoologie Systématique, de Géographie et d'Ecologie animales, 84 pp. DUMONT, HJ. & H.GYSELS, 1971. Etude faunistique sur les criques de la Flandre Orientale et le long de l'Escaut, considérations sur leur chimisme, leur faune planctonique, entomologique et malacologique et discussion de leur état biologique actuel. Annales de la Société Royale Zoologique de Belgique, 101(3):158-181. EISMA, D. 1966. The distribution of Benthic Marine Molluscs of the Main Dutch Coast. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research, 3(1):107-163. ENTROP, B., 1965. Schelpen vinden en herkennen. Thieme-Zutphen, 320 pp. EVANS, GlJ, 1972. Land Snails in Archaeology. Seminar press. London en New- York, 436 pp. FISCHER-PIETTE, E., 1931. Sur la pénétration des diverses espèces marines sessiles dans les estuaires et sa limitation par l'eau douce. Annales de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco, 10(8):213-243. FRETTER, V. & A.GRAHAM, 1976. The Prosobranch Molluscs of Britain and Denmark. Part l Pleurotomariacea, Fissurellacea and Patellacea. The Journal of Molluscan Studies. Supplement 1, 37 pp. GRAHAM, À. 1971. British Prosobranch and other Operculate Gastropod Molluscs. The Linnean Society of London. Academic Press. London and New-York, 112 pp. GREEN, J., 1968. The biology of Estuarine Animals. Biology series. University of Washington, Seattle and London, 370 pp. 59 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 GUERIN, M. 1961. Etude de biotopes à Scrobicularia plana, da Costa. Cahiers de Biologie Marine. Editions de la station biologique de Roscoff, 2(4): 409-436. HILARY, BM., 1958. Marine Ecology. J. Wiley & Sons, NEW-York.Chapman & Hall. London, Ltd, 250 pp. HUBENDICK, B & A.WAREN, 1976. Framgalade Snäckor fran Svenska Västkusten. Gôteborg, 43 pp. JOCQUE, R. & D.VAN DAMME, 1971. Inleidende Oecologische Studie van Klei- en Turfbanken in de getijdenzone te Raversijde (België). Biologisch Jaarboek. Koninklijk Natuuwetenschappelijk Genootschap, 39:157- 190 LOE (Baron de), 1931. Belgique ancienne. Catalogue descriptif et raisonné. II-Les âges du métal. Musées Royaux d'Art et d'Histoire à Bruxelles, 210-212 LOE (Baron de), 1939. Belgique ancienne. Catalogue descriptif et raisonné. IV-La période Franque. Musées Royaux d'Art et d'Histoire à Bruxelles, 148-149, 178-179, 180-181. LELOUP, E. 1966. Observations sur la dérive des courants au large de la côte belge au moyen de flotteurs de fond. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, 42(20):1-20. LOMBARD, A. 1957. Géologie de la Belgique. Les Naturalistes Belges, 168pp LOPPENS, K., 1932. La région des dunes de Calais à Knocke. Laboratoire du littoral, 230pp. MARASCUILO, L.A. & M. MC SWEENEY, 1977. Nonparametric and distribution-Free methods for the Social Sciences. Brooks Cole Publishing Company, Monterey, California, 500 pp MUNAUT, A., 1969 L'affleurement tourbeux de Braakman (Flandre Zélandaise). Les Naturalistes Belges, 50(10):564-571. MUNAUT, A, 1967. Recherches paléo- écologiques en Basse et Moyenne Belgique. Acta geographica Lovaniensia, 6:191 pp. 60 Recent evolution in the littoral PEUCHOT & TASSIN MUNAUT, A. 1968. L'évolution de la végétation en Basse et en Moyenne Belgique après la dernière glaciation. Les Naturalistes Belges, 49(4):177-182. NE, NH; CH. HULL, J.G. JENKINS: R. STEINBRENNER & DH. BENT, 1975. SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences). Second edition. Mc. Graw-Hill Book Company, 699 pp. PELSENEER, P. 1925. Un lamellibranche commensal de lamellibranche et quelques autres lamellibranches commensaux. Travaux de la Station Zoologique de Wimmereux. Glanures Biologiques publiées à l'occasion du cinquantenaire de la fondation de la Station, 1924-1974. Paris, Laboratoire des Etres organisés, 9:166-182. PELSENEER, P., 1914. Ethologie de quelques Odostomia et d'un Monstrillidae parasite de l'un d'eux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Te série, 48(1):1- 15,3 pls. PELSENEER, P., 1928. Les parasites des mollusques et les mollusques parasites. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 50:158-189. HEYS- JP 0 @ BaeSATAVAT A IOTIE Problèmes d'écologie. L'échantillonnage des peuplements animaux des milieux aquatiques. Chap.V - L'échantillonnage de la macrofaune des sédiments meubles marins. M. Lamotte et F. Bourlière, Masson & Cie, 229-247. SARS, G.O., 1878. Bijdrag til kundskaben om norges arktiske fauna. I: Mollusca regionis arcticae norvegiae Tabulae distributionis Bloddyr. Christiana, 351-379, 34 pls. SCHITTEKAT, P., 1966. Trésors sous le sable. Editions Arts et Voyages. Bruxelles. 131 pp. SEGEBARTH-ORBAN, R., 1975. Quelques données sur les variations saisonnières du plancton et sur les caractéristiques hydrologiques en Mer du Nord, au large d'Ostende et de Nieuport, période 1969-1971. Annales de la Société Royale Zoologique de Belgique, 105(1-2):193-227. PEUCHOT & TASSIN SIEGEL, S., 1956. Non parametric statistics for the Behavioral Sciences. Mc Graw Hill, Kogakusha-Tokyo, 399 pp. STOCKMANS, F., 1960. Initiation à la Paléobotanique stratigraphique. Les Naturalistes Belges, 41(1):41-46, 41(2):76- 88, 41(3):111-130. STOCKMANS, F., 1960. Les Polders de la plaine maritime. Les Naturalistes Belges, 41(6). TAVERNIER, R & FMOOREMAN, 1954. Les changements du niveau de la mer dans la plaine maritime flamande pendant l'Holocène. Geologie en Mijnbouw (N.S.), 16de jaargang, 201-206. TAVERNIER, R. 1947. L'évolution de la plaine maritime belge. Bulletin de la Société belge de Géologie, 56:332-342. TEBBLE, N., 1976. British Bivalve Seashells. Royal Scottish Museum by her Majesty's Stationery Office. Edimburgh. 212 PP. THIRIOT-QUIEVREUX, C. & R.C.BABIO, 1975. Etude des protoconques de quelques Prosobranches de la région de Roscoff. Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 16:135-148. THOMPSON, T.E. & G.H.BROWN, 1976. British Opistobranch Molluscs. The Linnean Society of London. Synopses of the British Fauna, 8:203. VANDEN BERGHEN, C. 1962. L'excursion du 29 octobre 1961 en Flandre Zélandaise. Les Naturalistes Belges, 49(4):132-138 WANKENNE, A., 1972. La Belgique à l'époque Romaine. Centre National de Recherches Archéologiques en Belgique. Bruxelles. Série C, 3:34-39. WATERSCHOOT, M., 1939. De Vlaamsche Kustvlakte. Langemark, Ed. N.V. Vonksteen., 15-97. WERY, J., 1908. Excursions scientifiques. I- Sur le littoral belge. Extension de l'Université Libre de Bruxelles, Henri Lamertin-Bruxelles, 223 pp. WESTHOFF, V., 1973. L'évolution de la végétation dans les lacs eutrophes et les bas marais des Pays-Bas. Les Naturalistes Belges, 54(1):2-28. Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 ZIEGELMEIER, E., 1957. Die Muscheln (Bivalvia) der Deutschen Meeresgebiete. Biologische Anstalt Helgoland, 64 pp. ZIEGELMEIER, E. 1966. Die Schnecken (Gastropoda Prosobranchia) des deutschen Meeresgebiete und brackigen Küstengewässer. Biologische Anstalt Helgoland, 66 pp. ZIMMERMAN, JT.F., 1976. Mixing and Flushing of Tidal Embayments in the Western Dutch Wadden Sea. Part : Distribution of salinity and calculation of Mixing Time Scales. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research, 10(2):149-191. % CLS LL / NN È NN ARE T T + e Km31 Km32 Km33 Km34 Km35 Km36 ZA ciass 1 NS ctass 2 Fig. 1. Species of classes 1 and 2 compared to the total number of species. 61 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 Km31 Km32 Km33 Km34 Km35 Fig. 2. Species of classes 3 to 6 included compared to the total number of species in each sample. 62 Recent evolution in the littoral PEUCHOT & TASSIN Km31 Km32 Km33 Km34 Km35 Km36 NS Class 8 ÉÀ Classes 7 and 8 Fig. 3. Species of classes 7and 8 together and class 8 compared to the total number of species in each sample. APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 Recent evolution in the littoral PEUCHOT & TASSIN ‘}nn}}SU] yosteJ60e) |PEUoIeN /IeUuoneN enbiuyde16oso 1n}1sul] p-E/TL PUE Z/CL ‘8-// SYOOUS 000SZ/L WniBleg Jo deu eu} Bummolo4 ‘p ‘614 RAR AVR. de Binquepno aPpi0onpuez M CA? P.: | | | (@) wWeBassijA ; < Ne pes BRU 3 _ ME Cr QC] Pi lexieyumz.: À, e AE 1NOCSRET a ne à É 0 X me | 2: eQ x 7. ueeH fr Le | RE 4 ve | SV Üpu s AS 187 | 2 MH / { EC Ipup a 1 Ye re ho ol — Vs h ’ ES ne _ se AE SD UP) Î pe Se D ; D OO] MOTOR Bebe ne EU CT W CA / Nr 2 uinpuem A. DA : Po SM a PRES ere LOU A /7 se 63 PEUCHOT & TASSIN Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 SN» J9p SUe1q eu9SIBOIOIPAH O000L/L ‘6/6L-6S6L 10 SP10981 uBI8104 pue Uel5|#g Lou} p81981109 ,USHUES 2SWEE|A 28ZPIOON, deu eu} Bumollo4 *G ‘614 UN PR tie jeeuex La Fe - ES jepues LS + 3OrISHAAVE AN Le p4 M Scene 0) FA F7 CA = J _ e jeeu epue}s00 ve, A) 27 » Der Ce 661? lee L O PA LA ed Et a e Ve LP AS , ITS ' 70 } y, S 20 CAMES TES Do 278 a © 2? % 12 / CNET DSC 0 / y = 16 27° CESR DE PTE ARE / ef Lee U / Se 30N31S00 #47” ,.7 PS CN OS en à K Ce AMEN NAT OR SCMRT OS) AE Z à + tu/ a / C2 274 14 3* = { f + ASE PA © ’ / Ve fi A 7799 PT À NAS © 2 d PAGE 6 DE / 4 Se LEA] A TON! Lee à - / / / RC 117 A, LIN A2 2 CN TE L Ne Le EN PS LA / A y y NZ 72 CAE NE NS) (PRESS FA RH = TT - 10 Ve AE + PACE PR AE - © 2) Ch PET LE A CUS | r NN ARS CE DEL: > Le Pat 2 Pr = à / e) ne me DT op | | IS / ‘ e® r SOU Te re Es / { EC ll RS “ N PA M ee Ca J EE NG ROSE Fr — D 1 “ 7 rs IS — | CA F4 ce #1 | J r | er = > = T4 f 7 _- il « _ - Le fe EE CC or 4 | NVVH 30 y C4 7 vo / PU un l A re VIN / A 6v ! 09 EX DR PRIAE = / © d £ [ TT / 0 PORTE EU = PAT / 4 / DS ; DT ( ! (,} rer (CC ) y s / : _ CS “ "@. / AC } | Cr) OBS 0,7 #8 091 / ul C2 — LT \ (ra PAT SE / le Ed _ / sos / æ n 4 À 2 22 LT 2 / O8; ’ n 27 Ce au | É »e / / 6 / ES 2 (l CPS 3 | ÈS 6 7 £ 2 / F / PEER l f Lg (ea r / -_. l Tail _ ’ / _ > > r 1 7) / de / / _ FE 7 A A nr ts? [\ 4 # cr 4 J lr1007 PR () / \ / DC / Ce / / [ TANIA LUN? 3NINON3M ? Fe f LANCE \\Z Em + l / (y er. SUN 7 ; / PM) JE > DE TS be) N39 7 ds TS pee 4 , PLAN 7 Æ C7 / LT te PAS C4 e° (1 J A Q?. r me L4 NE 0 | ND Ca / jo}; 1) ur © / H3B8N3YNVTIE SE ( \ ee DIAONNE > / dm} nt Cù Paca Te HQE sn FE AO ; 2 HU NT >, ù ETS / A US Si / LRQ - / » CAR / Q 7e, 77 ‘ , ! Fe « PQ) 7 / 2 PUNE res 7 ’/ A SE, l ) tn re / / 0° ! 1 12977 _ a [La re / D: = / e / s | De - €z ' _ S) Lt y \ - 0S _— / Fi 17 er ot / me 7 te & - \ re ne > s- "9 , , ji a. 7. 1 de CE Le ‘ / ‘ ES FER ee a" 7 = RE ES JPA PR 7" Ca - (PE e / 4} (ME . _ 6 n _t 7. ; \ = ”) ; 1É ER \ ri pa / LL - _ / } FE _ / _ P” “ ue #7 RE He ET dif RE _ - 11: 1 Choc _ te f 64 PEUCHOT & TASSIN Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 Aouonbar 2ANP[OY Aouonbo} an[osqy Jo Joqumu [PJO I, © t- nl 68€ | 8€ | 2) CN ET CN [TT Drm SC DS eu ETS PSS NT ECTS RE ee ENS DCS | D LE een y PSS BR ENS D Es Fee CES EE PR RS ses FO Ru 6€ A La \O ) € en [a I [ail _ € 65 SSB[> [8J0OL SSLI ‘QUUTT DADUI4D PAIN (8SLI ‘UUTT) P21170q DWODDyY (LOLI ‘oUUTT) 27np2 DuuapoyS DA.) 8SLI ‘AUUTT s1npa SnJJUAN (EOSI NÉAUON) PSn1Q0 Dsn2y (T6LI ‘TAIO) SJUPXDS puuoy1T (SLI ‘QUUTT) Pa4oy1] Duo T SSEI2 [UJOL STS8I ‘SUIUOI PUDADAB DAUIWISSY (LLLI ‘iueuusq) 2payn p1q04pAF] (SOLI ‘11SPg) Pso4uaa D1q04pAF SSE[2 [BOL 6881 ‘HIS 1Sutyual DIGO4PAH SSEI2 [BJ0OL (SO8t ‘pneuredei) v1D4a0 pavuwAT SSPI9 SIPIOL (OZS8I ‘OSSNI) sUDSaa paur2onç LTS81 ‘IUPUD-UINO DADUI4D DAU120NS SSE[D [BOL (O£SI ‘UP9) SHIDADIX S2p10JIU07 (8SLI ‘PUUTT) PpidSiy DIYOU] SSB[2 [UJOL (YLLI ‘IOIINMN) 74012912 D29112H (IO81 21104) IDI9SD/Iun D]]221112H T68L THIAIS P2LAIU20X2 DIUO]]DA SSETO SH194d4$S selouanbal} pue salsedS :| 37191 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 5 ee E o = É E [= E E ei T4 vo £ ë x PEUCHOT & TASSIN Le TRE € 070 0 n 610 € 690 0 € 600 £ 9ÿ0 0 r 610 € £TO O 4% UI 2ANPI9Y Aouonbor} 2n[0$sqv J0 12qumu [10] suaurroods Jo AouonbolJ SSLI ‘QUUTT wunjppun wnul2ong (SSLI ‘SUUTT) P20puu2 DAg2U290) (OLLI “IINA) Puunea putn]24 (8£8 ‘S2qIO J) Lap}D DyDunT (8LLI ‘US09 er) vuano pypun7 (8SLL'oUUTT) tuporjadsod sipy4oddy (8SLI‘UUTT) viDouwtof Dynpida4”) (SSLI ‘ouurT) snounSun snjndn”) ‘ds wniuoy1d (S6LI UP) unynp4yipjo wniuoy1d} (8SLI ‘ouuTT) sAy1Djo wniuoy1d} OZSI ‘OSSIY SIUNWIUOD DJJ2]LHAN ] (OSLI ‘Sntouqe x) s1g4ound sisdoauayç (£OSI ‘NSBIUON) snpuunboqns snuo] (O08L‘SUPPY'V [) P22Dur4quau DOSSIM £P8I ‘SNI99Y PUI2D]I] DOSSI) (8LLI ‘US0) (I) Pa4Dd Doss1y (bHSI “IPIV) Pnoidsuoour bossiy (SO8I NSPJUOIAI) DIDLAIS US DIUDAJF (pb8L ‘tddiryq) vos pyjunq (8LLI ‘PIS09 QT) syporyiqun pynqqu) (£OSI ‘NSPIUON) pprun] pynqqir) (8SLI ‘UUTT) Sngpiu pynqqr) SA194d$S (penujuoo) seiouenbe; pue salsedS :| 37191 66 PEUCHOT & TASSIN Recent evolution in the littoral mars 1993 APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, | CES CE SE ES pe Pr ec = CRC D) man Pda q RE de lola SN A | CSL PE Pr su) A en RSI PUuTT SUN Pau O PE ent heal ler FD) ou SOS annee ee ri CSL POUTD p nont RSR ES ARRET CT ET EST Se PR De ou a En CSL D moipou snjopon nca ins ni EE ie eh En CSL ED Pre sapapoq FRE DR ECS ER écrin )runnspnuony CR D 1 EE CE tt (CORNE EEE RUES EE M A ce de com) LESL UMOIG DIDONS DIRONN ren or out | RE pourra RUSSE EN NE NES (SLI Fun pare] pypruogan CN RS RS ES ER ER RS COMMENTE CEA D Pr D AC D D PPS ITR Sas Pure FRE PE ER ER PES RUE A PR 2 Pr RE mu FOR ER SR CC 79 Er ep eee es Ross Los) D 7 CE PE A COR PNR Po Pro En nes ne es 7 ENPNENNRES EN REREe EREre (GOOM CSL SEE PP CEST AE Pgo PPS CD ER Ro PP PE CG ED Pro Po RO er EN 2e RS EURE Re CONTENT D ee em Aouonbar Aouonbar; Jo xoqumu suouri99ds Jo Aouonbai SSE[T) SHIDHAS 2ATPIOY 9n[0SqY IM0L (panunuos) selouanbau pue salsedS :| 37191 om Q Q _— an al 2 = _— " APEX 8(1-2): 5 Recent evolution in the littoral SSIN HOT & TA PEUC C8'Lr 610 [SO €£tO'0 €£TO 0 ET 911 TE 0 6r0 tn €TO 0 £TO 0 6L ll £TO 0 £TO 0 AouanDol DANPIOY PSS Ce me nr CE M SE EE DEEE Se ES ces OS CR ES RE CS RES EE RSS PCR NE SES D eeete 1e | - | EE ES EE ouonboz anosqy SUuaUIE J0 1qumu [810 t- [oil — SuauI9aûs JO ASUINDAI dures 499 UT Sa199dS JO ISQUMN (8SLI ‘ouuTT) ppdsi (SSLI ‘uurT) ppipuro ru 8SLT ‘PUUTT SnJobp Sp]OY4 O£6I ‘YUOMMNOUTM 1S424/fo{ Dyp2ano1xDS (8LLI ‘ISO eq) vivounuqns pnsidS (8SLI ‘ouurT) »pJos pynsidç (LTSI ‘UMOIY) voudiyje ynsidS (SSLI ‘UUTT) PU1]D402 DAJODIN COSI NSBJUON SJDUISADU U2]0S (8081 ‘NSBJUON) voypwusud p4qy (TO8I ‘POOM M ) PqJD DAY I6LT ‘UTOUO Dyngn/ DUI]]21 (8LLI ‘USO9 e) Sinuar Dur]]a] (SLLI ‘IS09 8) sDyIaA XPuo 8181 ‘N2IEUIUT SIWUO/IpD]OYA DJ0214J24 (= — D (I6LI ‘UTJOULO) sisuaypSauos sidnaaus { (£OSI ‘NSPJUON) DIDIUap1Q D]]2SAJN (£OSI ‘NSBJUON) Psou18n442f DINODIUOIN (H6SI ‘191SPU9) 1S2y4S snyno4F (£OSI NSPUON) SAPJN214AOQNS PIJ (£OSI NSZJUON) SuDnSuDLuy DU (SLLI ‘PS09 8) PID2JNS AUDISF SAS (panujuo9) selsuenbau pue selsedS :| 3719v1 00 \O PEUCHOT & TASSIN Recent evolution in the littoral APEX 8(1-2): 51-70, mars 1993 69 (om Âq om} Suolje}s iInoquBieu Jo uosiedWwo9) sanjeA-9 :]I] 4191 19G 8 9€ SE L42 PE TE ÇE un ve un A (AA | LE UP] ‘yoeoidde sse|9 eu} SeAIB 8pIS Je] Jo1J8JUI a} S2918UM yoeoidde selsads eu} SeAI6 Led ju 1o1edns eu ‘(om Âq om suorejs eu} Jo uosi1edwo9) sanjeA-9 :]] 419% L Er | LL6I p68290 | 9I10S 0 | E9ZISO | 8EZIL'O T4 0967 0 | LHOI£ O | Z6S€+'0 EE LL6I TLII80 | 2890 | 08690 | 121480 | 60++9°0 sn TIL8r 0 | 922950 pr LL6I PTISLO | SES8S 0 | EIE090 | Z6£E8 0 | SL6ZS'O | ItzI8'0 NES [S6SS'0 RUE 9L6I 6188L0 | 89€0L0 | SEPILO | PSTE8 0 | 086290 | TIZT8 0 | LS08L 0 Non OL6I LL6I LL6I LL6I LL6I LL6I OL6I Jury | Jury | seu | teur CEUX | JEU LE UT PERIODIQUES DE MALACOLOGIE EN FRANCAIS, NEERLANDAIS, ANGLAIS ET ALLEMAND Liste sur demande. Vente par correspondance. Exposition permanente de coraux et de coquillages de collection Librairie UNIVERS SOUS-MARIN KONINKLIJKE BAAN 90 B 8460 KOKSIJDE TEL. 058/51 28 21 | LARGE CHOIX D'OUVRAGES ET DE HIGH QUALITY OF SPECIMEN SHELLS BRAZILIAN SEASHELLS AND LANDSHELLS. MAIL ORDER RETAIL. FREE LISTS Donax Seashells MAURICIO ANDRADE LIMA Rua Ibiapaba, 89 apt. 202 Tel. (081) 241-9862 Tamanneira CEP 52051 RECIFE - PE - BRASIL ALGOA BAY SPECIMEN SHELLS BRIAN HAYES . Specialists in S. African and Worldwide Shells . Many rarities offered - e.g. Cyp. barclan, . Cyp. fultoni, Cyp. iufsur, Cyp. castanea etc . Buy - Sell - Trade - Write for free price-list . Quality Specimens and Reliable Service P.O. Box 804, Port Elizabeth 6000, South Africa Tel / Fax : (041) 334521 SPECIMEN SHELLS SALES *x BUY x SELL *x TRADE + Worldwide Specimen Shells + Free Price List with Size & Grade + Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded * Dedicated to Service, Integrity and Reliability 1094 Calle Empinado Novato, California 94949 Dan Spelling (415) 382-1126 Note aux auteurs L'affiliation à la Société n'est pas obligatoire pour les auteurs. Toutefois les auteurs non affiliés à notre revue devront assumer le prix des planches (pas du texte) au prix courant. Les manuscrits seront rédigés en français ou en anglais. Les manuscrits doivent être dactylographiés et non justifiés à droite, les li- -gnes étant espacées de deux interlignes, en laissant une marge de 3 cm. Deux copies seront envoyées avec l'original. Le nom de l'auteur et son adresse, ou celle de l'institution à laquelle il est affilié, devront être placés sous le titre. Un résumé en anglais et éventuellement en français ainsi que des mots clés doivent accompagner le texte. Les références bibliographiques seront placées, par ordre alphabétique d'auteurs, à la fin de l'article, sous la forme suivante : - Périodiques - KEEN, AM. and G.B. CAMPBELL. 1964 Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda:Muricidae). Veliger, 7(1):46-57. - Livres - PRASHAD B., 1932. The Lamellibranchia of the Siboga Expedition. Systematic Part Il, Pelecypoda. Siboga-Expeditie, 53C, E.J. Brill, Lei- den, 353 pp., 9 pls. - Ouvrages composés - KEEN, AM, 1969, in MOORE. Treatise of Invertebrate Paleontology. Part N, Vol. 2, 952 pp. Les photographies en noir et blanc doivent être imprimées sur papier brillant et être au format final souhaité. Elles seront montées sur un support adéquat. Les illustrations et leurs légendes doivent être présentées dans une version définitive. La dimension maximum d'une planche doit être de 21 x 16 cm. Toute intervention de graphiste jugée nécessaire pour la présentation, sera facturée aux auteurs. l'est également possible d'inclure des planches couleurs mais uniquement aux frais des auteurs, au prix courant. Les illustrations (dessins, figures) seront tracées à l'encre noire, sur papier bristol blanc ou sur calque. Elles pourront éventuellement être réduites. Présentation des manuscrits pour publication : pour éviter de redactylogra- phier le texte au stade final, celui-ci peut être présenté, avant édition, sur disquette 5" V4 ou 3° 1/2 initialisée pour IBM PC ou compatible sous DOS, selon l'un des formats suivants : Word, Wordperfect, ASCII ou DCA. Aucun code de TRAITEMENT DE TEXTE ne doit figurer sur la disquette, seu- lement du texte standard sans caractères italiques, gras ou soulignés. N'envoyez la disquette qu'avec le manuscrit définitif et corrigé. Dans le texte dactylographié les noms de genre et d'espèce seront frappés en caractères ftaliques ou soulignés. Les articles décrivant de nouvelles espèces ou sous-espèces ne seront acceptés que si les types primaires sont déposés dans un Musée ou une Institution scientifique. Le numéro d'inventaire éventuel sera spécifié. Une épreuve sera envoyée aux auteurs qui devront la renvoyer dans les plus brefs délais avec un minimum de modifications essentielles. Les frais de tout changement stylistique seront facturés. En ce qui concerne la présentation et la mise en page, les auteurs se réfé- reront à un article récemment paru et devront tenir compte des avis du comité de rédaction. Tirés-à-part : membre ou abonnés. Trente tirés-à-part, sont foumis gratuitement à (aux) auteur(s). Des exemplaires supplémentaires peuvent être commandés lors du renvoi des épreuves. Ceux-ci ainsi que les frais postaux seront à charge des auteurs. Non affiliés. Tirés-à-part à charge des auteurs à commander lors du renvoi des épreuves, avec obligation, s'ils en commandent, d'un mininum de 50 copies. Les manuscrits sont à envoyer à M. R. Houart, St Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Lan- den (Ezemaal) Belaique Guidelines for Authors Membership is not mandatory for authors. Non-member authors will have to cover the costs of the plates (not the text) at current price. Texts must be written in French or in English. Manuscripts should be typed, double spaced, non justified with a 3 cm margin and accompanied by two copies. The name of the author, his address and his affiliation, should be placed under the title. À French and eventually an English summary as well as keywords are mandatory. Bibliographic references will be placed, in alphabetical order of authors, at the end of the article as: - Periodicals - KEEN, AM. and GB. CAMPBELL. 1964. Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda:Muricidae). Veliger, 7(1):46-57. - Books - PRASHAD B., 1932. The Lamellibranchia of the Siboga Expedition. Systematic Part Il, Pelecypoda. Siboga-Expeditie, 53C, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 353 pp. 9 pls. - Composite works - KEEN, AM. 1969, in MOORE. Treatise of Invertebrate Palaeontology. Part N, Vol. 2, 952 pp. Black and white photographs should be printed on glossy paper and be at the final format. They should be mounted adequately. The illustrations and their keys must be presented in a definitive version. The maximum size of a plate must be 21 cm x 16 cm. lfthe intervention of a graphist designer is necessary for the presentation, ft will be charged for to the author of the article. It is possible to include colour plates but only at authors costs (current price). Illustrations (drawings, figures) will be traced with black ink, on white Bristol or on tracing paper. They can be reduced. Preparation of manuscripts for publication: in order to avoid unnecessary retyping text, at the final stage, can be submitted in IBMW/PC DOS format on 5° 14 or 3 1/2 diskettes, in: Word, WordPerfect, ASCII or DCA format. No WoRD PROCESSOR codes on these diskettes just plain text only; by this we mean no italic, bold or underine whatsoever. Disks should be sent with revised manuscript rather than with the original submission. In the type-written text, generic and specific names have to be underlined or have to be typed in ftalics. The articles describing new species or subspecies will be accepted only if the primary types are deposited in a Museum or a Scientific Institution. Mu- seum Inventory numbers of the type specimens have to be included in the manuscript. A proof sheet will be sent to the authors and retumed without delay with only a minimum of essential modifications. Any stylistic modification will be billed. For the layout authors will refer to a recently published article and take the Editorial Board remarks into account. Off print: members or subscribers. Thirty off prints, will be sent free of charge to the authors. More copies can be ordered when the proof sheets are retumed. Those as well as postcharges will be billed to the author. Non members: Off prints are available to the authors. In this case there is an obligation to order at least 50 copies when the proof sheets are retumed. They will be available at cost. Manuscripts have to be sent to M. R. Houart, St Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Lan- den (Ezemaal), Belgium. Périodique trimestriel Bureau de dépôt 1180 Bruxelles 18. Société Belge de Malacologie association sans but lucratif JUILLET 1993 D.L. Ivanoy Yu.l. Kantor A.V. Sysoev R.V. Egorov E. Rolän R. Fernândéz-Garcés L. Bozzetti L. Bozzetti SOMMAIRE Type Specimens of Molluscs described by G. Fischer von WALDHEIM in 1807 The Family Triphoridae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) in Cuba. 2. The Genus /niforis Jousseaume, 1884 Description of a new species of the genus Haustellum Schumacher, 1817 (Gastropoda: Muricidae) from the Western Indian Ocean Description of a new species of the genus Metula H. & A. Adams, 1853 (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia, Buccinidae) from the Western Indian Ocean. Conus cacao Ferrario, 1983, taxonomical and systematic context (Mollusca: Prosobranchia: Conidae). Editeur responsable Comité d'édition R. Duchamps | Dr. Y. Finet L. Germain | R, Houart Dr. CI. Massin Prof. B. Tursch Dr. J. Van Goethem Les articles et textes présentés dans cette revue réflètent l'opinion personnelle de leur(s) auteur(s), et non pas nécessairement celle de la Société ou de l'éditeur responsable. Tous droits de reproduction, de traduction et d'adaptation des articles publiés dans ce bulletin, réservés pour tous pays. All rights of reproduction are reserved without the written permission of the board. Belgique - Belgium [avec le service des bulletins] Membre effectif Membre étudiant 900 BEF 500 BEF {sans le service des bulletins) Personne appartenant à la famille d'un membre effectif et ayant la même résidence 400 BEF Versements à effectuer au C.C.P. n° 0000974225-54 de la Société Belge de Malacologie c/o M. J. Buyle, Av. M. Maeterlinck, 56, 1030 Bruxelles. Etranger - Foreign Abonnement aux revues APEX & ARION Subscription to APEX & ARION 1400 BEF Versement à effectuer par mandat postal international ou ee chèque bancaire en francs belges ne ot o international money order, or by bank check in Belgian Francs only. au nom de at name of : M. J. Buyle Av. Maurice Maeterlinck, 56, bte 8 B-1030 Bruxelles. CONSEIL D'ADMINISTRATION DE LA SOCIETE BELGE DE MALACOLOGIE e Président : MR. Duchamps, Av. Mozart, 52, 1190 Bruxelles © : (02) 344.15.47 ° Vice-présidents : Dr. Ÿ. Finet, 16 Chemin des Clochetes, CH-1206, Genève (Suisse) D : A1-22-46.77.95 M. R. Houart, St. Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Landen (Ezemaal) © : (016) 78.86.16 e Secrétaire Mme J. Masson, Rue du Merlo, 10, 1180 Bruxelles © : (02) 376.62.25 e Trésorier M. J. Buyle, Av. Maeterlinck, 56, bte 8, 1030 Bruxelles À : (02) 216.68.21 e Bibliothécaire Mme ML. Buyle, Av. Maeterlinck, 56, bte 8, 1030 Bruxelles © : (02) 216.68.21 ° Relations publiques M. G. Geeraerts, Stationsstraat, 2, 1930 Zaventem © : (02) 720.87.66 e Administrateurs Mme ML. Bresson, Place Guy d'Arezzo, 7, 1060 Bruxelles © : (02] 343.62.38 M. L. Germain, Rue de Linthout, 77, 1040 Bruxelles © : (02) 734.80.11 Mme À. Langleit, Av. Cicéron, 27, bte 92, 1140 Bruxelles @ : (02) 720.41.61 M. C. Van Osselaer, Chée de Waterloo, 512, 1060 Bruxelles 2) : (02) 347.36.84 M. E. Waiengnier, Rue C. Wolles, 42, 1030 Bruxelles ® : (02) 241.51.80 IVANOV, KANTOR, S YSOEV, EGOROV von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Type Specimens of Molluscs described by G. Fischer von WALDHEIM in 1807. D.L. IVANOV Zoological Museum of Moscow State University, Herzen Str. 6, Moscow 103006, RUSSIA Yu.l. KANTOR A.N.Severtzov Institute of Animal Evolutionary Morphology and Ecology of the USSR Academy of Sciences, Leninski prospect 33, Moscow 117071, RUSSIA A.V. SYSOEV Institute of Parasitology of the USSR Academy of Sciences, Leninski prospect 33, Moscow 117071, RUSSIA R.V. EGOROV Zoological Museum of Moscow State University, Herzen Str. 6, Moscow 103006, RUSSIA ABSTRACT. The retained type specimens of 41 species of Molluscs, described by G. Fischer von Waldheim in 1807, stored in the collections of the Zoological Museum of Moscow State University (Russia), are illustrated (the vast majority for the first time). Brief taxonomic notes are provided for each species, as well as the original descriptions. G. Fischer von Waldheim (1771-1853) was the first director of the Museum of Moscow Imperior University. He was invited to Russia from Maintz in 1804 specially for inventory of the collections of the private museum of Paul Demidoff (1738 - 1821). These collections were donated to the Cabinet of Natural History (now Zoological Museum of Moscow State University) in 1804; they contained nearly all groups of animals, as well as minerals and coin collections. In 1806-1807 G.Fischer von Waldheim published three volumes of the catalogue of the "Museum-Demidoff”. In the third volume of the catalogue (1807) G.Fischer described approximately 2500 specimens of about 830 molluscan species. Among them 103 species were described as new. During the occupation of Moscow by the troops of Napoleon in 1812 the collections were mostly destroyed by fire, while only molluscs and “polyps" were evacuated to Vladimir and Nizhni Novgorod cities and these were returned to Moscow after the war. The first inventory of the collections after the evacuation was made in 1871. It revealed that only about 15% of the mollusc collection survived. Later on these specimens were dispersed among the general collection of molluscs. The authors searched the entire collection of shells in the Zoological Museum and found about 90% of the molluscs of the Demidoff collection recorded during the inventory of 1871. A check-list of these molluscs has been recently published ([VANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Basically, the shells from the P.Demidoff collection are in good condition. À few of the shells were polished. The specimens were supplied with the labels approximately S x 6 cm. Moreover, the catalogue number (in accordance with the numeration in the Fischer's catalogue; specimens were numbered separately in each genus), printed on a small piece of paper 4 x 6 mm, was glued to the shells. Some of the specimens were attributed to the collection on the basis of subsequently written labels, marked as "Demidoff”. The majority of type specimens were also lost in 1812 (60 species) and two type specimens were lost after 1872. Thus, type pit APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 specimens of 41 species are currently stored in the collections of Zoological Museum. The majority of the type specimens were never figured. Only the type specimens of Conidae and Xenophoridae have been illustrated (KOHN, 1981; PONDER, 1983). Many of the valid species have been forgotten and the names were never used after Fischer. In this connection the aim of the present paper is to illustrate the type specimens. In some cases it was difficult to identify which species were described by Fischer as new due to the lack of uniformity for designation of the new species. Thus, Fischer usually designated the new species by the word mihi (my - Latin) or either by only the letter m., Or by one or two asterisks. At the same time the transfer of the species from one genus into another was designated in the same way. However, in the latter case the author usually cited the original description or included synonyms. Some Fisher's new species were distinguished by the absence of any reference to previous works and the presence of a diagnosis for the species. The authors of the present work cannot consider themselves as experts in all the groups studied by G.Fischer. That is why we do not make decisions on the systematic position of several species. This can be done more successfully by the specialists in respective groups. Each species is provided with a copy of the original description in original spelling and brief taxonomic remarks. The following abbreviations are used in the text: D - the diameter of the shell H - the shell height L - the shell length MD - "Museum Demidoff", vol. 3 (1807) W - the shell width ZMMU - Zoological Museum of Moscow State University ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The authors are greatly indebted to our colleagues, who helped us in the identification of the type specimens - Prof. Alan Kohn, Prof. 2 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Bernard Tursch, Dr. David Lindberg, Dr. Richard Küilburn, Dr. David Herbert, Dr. Elaine Hogland, Dr. Winston Ponder, Dr. Boris Sirenko, and Dr. Alexei Buyanovski. We also thanks the anonymous referee for his valuable comments on the manuscript. Classis GASTROPODA Family Fissurellidae Fleming, 1822 Patella dubloradiata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 1, Figs. 6,7) MD No. 88-90. Original description: "* Patelle double- rayon, Ovale, blanche, des rayons élevés nombreux noires avec des intermédiaires plus courts rouges-pourpre." (p. 118-119). Patella dublo-radiata, testa ovali, alba, costis numerosis elevatis nigris, intermediis brevioribus purpurascentibus. Subdescription: “Le sommet est blanc ceinturé de brun, le dedans blanc, le fond est noir et blanc de sorte que le noir imite assez bien le contour d'une tête d'idole d'Egypte. L'une à 1 pouce de longueur sur 10 de largeur, l'autre a 8 lignes de long sur 8 de large. Num patella notata Lin?" (p. 119). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-1072. Measurements: specimen without number - L = 26.6, W = 22.2, H = 10.2 mm; specimen No. 89 - L= 17.8, W = 14.2, H = 7.3 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Clypidina notata (L., 1758) (determined by D. Lindberg). Two syntypes retained - one specimen without number and specimen No. 89. The latter (Plate 1, Fig. 6) is designated here as lectotype. Original label lost. Family Patellidae Rafinesque, 1815 Patella bifida Fischer, 1807. (Plate 1, Fig. 1) MD No. 11. Original description: "* Patelle bifide, ovale, blanche à bandes oranges, à sommet élevé à côtes rapprochées bases; les côtes du bord allongées comprimées, bifides. IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Patella bifida mihi. Elle a 1 p.6 1. de longueur fur 1 p. 2 1. &æ largeur sans les epines" (p. 114). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No: L-1063. Measurements: L = 51.4 (with spines), W = 41.1 (with spines), H = 19.0 mm. Remarks: The species seems to be a junior synonym Of Patella barbara L., 1758 (D. Lindberg, personal communication). Specimen has no number on the shell, original label lost. The specimen should be considered as holotype. Patella digitata Fischer, 1807. (Plate 2, Figs. 1,2) MD No. 13. Original description: "* La digite, brune, rayée de blanc, à 11 côtes élevées arrondies, dépassant de beaucoup les bords. Patella digitata, m. Elle est à l'intérieur blanche nacrée, bordée de brun.” (p. 115). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No: L-1075. Measurements: L = 48.6, W = 42.3, H = 9.6 mm. Remarks: Probable senior synonym of Patella longicosta Lamarck, 1819. Original label lost. The specimen should be considered as holotype. Patella rubrocostata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 1, Figs. 4,5) MD No. 85-87. Original description: "* Patelle à côtes rouges, ovale, peu convexe jaune, bordée de brun, à 16 côtes rouges. Patella rubro-costata, testa ovali, subconvexa, flava, badio maculata, costis sedecim elevatis rubris. Le dedans est rouge rose, rayé de brun aux bords, le fond est blanc, comme le sommet; elle à 10 lignes de longueur sur 8 de largeur." (p. 118). Subdescription: "86. 87. * Patelles à côtes rouges deux variétés par l'élévation et le nombre des côtes."(p. 118). von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-1074. Measurements: No. 86 - L = 21.6, W = 16.8, H = 8.0 mm, No. 87 - L= 22.6, W = 17.1, H = 9.05 mm. Remarks: Specimen No. 85 lost. Two syntypes (MD No. 86, 87) retained. Specimen No. 86 (Plate 1, Fig. 5) is designated here as lectotype. We did not come to the final decision on the taxonoric position of the species. D. Lindberg stated that the specimens belong to Cellana capensis (Gmelin, 1791); although that opinion was rejected by D.Herbert and R.Kilburn, while W.Ponder suggested that it is a synonym of Cellana ornata Dillwyn, 1817. P. rubrocostata may also be a senior synonym of Patella piperata Gould, 1846. Patella septemradiata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 1, Fig. 3) MD No. 15. Original description: "* P. à 7 rayons, anguleuse avec sept côtes rayées transversalement. Patella septem-radiata, m. Cette patelle est blanche-jaunâtre, bigarré de brun. Le sommet et les bords sont d'un brun uniforme. Entre les rayons principaux se trouvent cinq ou six cordons élevés d'un blanc nacré." (p. 115). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-1069. Measurements: L = 26.6, W = 23.0, H = 4.5 mm. Remarks: The species was determined as Patella longicosta Lamarck, 1819 (thus being the senior synonym of it) by D.Lindberg. The specimen should be considered the holotype. Patella spinosa Fischer,1807 (Plate 1, Fig. 2) MD No. 14. Original description: "* L'épineuse, blanche, à sommet et à rayons oranges, à 12 côtes élevées très tranchantes, depassant de beaucoup les bords avec des pointes tranchantes. 73 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Patella spinosa, m." (p. 115). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-1040. Measurements: L = 39.5 (with spines), W = 38.0 (with spines), H = 8.9 mm. Remarks: Original label lost. The name is a primary junior homonym of Patella spinosa Gmelin, 1791. The specimen should be considered as holotype. We did not come to the final decision on the taxonomic position of the species. D. Lindberg identified the specimen as Patella longicosta Lamarck, 1819, while R.Kilburn identified it as Patella barbara L., 1758. D.Herbert stated that it can be a distinct species. Patella novemradiata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 2, Fig. 7) MD No. 93, 94. Original description: "* Patelle à neuf rayons, Ovale, bleuâtre, à neuf rayons élevés blancs. Patella novem-radiata, testa ovali, tenui, pellucida caerulea, costata, novem costis albis. Le sommet est bas et jaune, entouré de blanc, le fond à l'intérieur est brun, le reste est bleuâtre avec des stries jaunes." (p. 119). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-1057. Measurements: L = 28.0, W = 23.6, H = 9.0 mm. Remarks: Probably junior synonym of Cellana radians (Gmelin, 1791) (determined by D.Lindberg). The name is a primary senior homonym of Patella novemradiata Quoy et Gaimard, 1834. The single specimen without number retained and was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. Family Turbinidae Rafinesque, 1815 Solarium radiatum Fischer,1807 (Plate 3, Figs. 6,7) MD No. 4-8. Original description: “Cadran solaire, convexe, les tours de spire radiés par des larges épines, L'ombilic finement plissé. 74 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Solarium radiatum, mihi. - Trochus solaris Lin. Mus. Lud. Ulr. 645. n. 328. Bosc. 4. 152. - Chemnitz. S.1.173. f. 1700, 1701. t. 174. f. 1716, 1717... L'un des plus grand contient une trés petite écrevisse bernard." (p. 214). Locality: "Mer des Indes”. ZMMU No.: L-479, Measurements: H = 59.0, D = 91.3 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Astraea heliotropium (Martyn, 1784) = imperialis (Gmelin, 1791). A single specimen without number was retained and was designated as the lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR,, 1991). Original label lost. Family Cypraeidae Rafinesque, 1815 Cypraea albopunctata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 4, Fig. 7,8) MD No. 93-96. Original description: "* Porcelaine à points blancs, Jaunâtre, mince, parsemée de points blancs, dont quelques uns sont annelés de brun, une ligne longitudinale blanchâtre. Cypraea albo-punctata, mihi. C'est la même coquille que Martini a figurée dans son ouvrage 1. p. 393. t. 30. 323. et décrite sous le nom de: weisse Frieselporcellane; quelques auteurs l'ont considérée comme une simple variété de l'erosée, mais elle forme une espèce distincte, 1. par les bords plus renflés et garnis de traits bruns, 2. par sa forme plus alongée, 3. par son dessin, les taches annelées, s'il y en a, sont blanches et entourées de brun, une raie blanchâtre suit la direction de la columelle et deux grandes taches violettes se trouvent des deux côtés." (p. 153). Subdescription: "96. Porcelaine à points blanches, variété singulière à raie longitudinale courbée en forme de lettre S." (p. 153). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-559. Measurements: specimen without number - H = 34.3, D = 23.0 mm; specimen No. %6 - H = 30.5, D = 20.0 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Cypraea erosa L., 1758. Two syntypes retained - one IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV specimen without number and specimen No. 96. The latter (Plate 4, Fig. 8) is designated here as lectotype. Cypraea lunata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 4, Fig. 6) MD No. 97-98. Original description: "* Porcelaine lunelée, alongée, jaunâtre, parsemée de taches blanches en forme de croissant. Cypraea lunata mihi, testa elongata, lutescente, maculis albis lunatis obducta. Cette porcelaine qui par sa belle forme et sa beauté rivalise avec beaucoup d'autres, est nouvelle. Elle est petite, d'un pouce, deux lignes, de longueur, sur huit lignes de largeur, alongée, mince, jaune foncé, garni de petites taches blanches en forme de demi-lunes. La ligne longitudinale qui separe le dos fait aussi distinction du dessin. L'autre moitié près de la lèvre renflée est blanche et garnie de points fauves. La lèvre elle - même porte des points imprimés bruns. Le dessous est jaune pointillé de brun." (p. 153-154). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-528. Measurements: H = 27.0, D = 18.8 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Cypraea acicularis Gmelin, 1791. The single specimen without number retained and was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Family Ovulidae Fleming, 1828 Ovula papyracea Fischer, 1807 (Plate 5, Fig. 7) MD No. 2. Original description: "* Ovule papyracée, Ovale, prolongée des deux cotés, la lèvre droite mince, transparente et tranchante. Ovula papyracea, testa ovata birostri; labro tenui, acuto. Cette belle coquille présente la même blancheur que l'ovule oeuf, mais elle est plus petite, très mince et transparente. La lèvre est plus écartée, et des deux cotés sont plus alongés que dans l'ovule oeuf." (p. 156). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-600. von Waldheiïm, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Measurements: H = 75.0, D = 43.7 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Ovula ovum (L., 1758). The single juvenile specimen should be considered as holotype. Ovula dentata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 5, Figs. 8,9) MD No. 13, 14. Original description: "* Ovule dentée, Ovale; les prolongements très courts, étant le produit du renflement de la lèvre, dont le bord est très épais et finement dentée. Ovula dentata mihi, testa ovata, margine interius et exterius incrassato, arcte denticulato. Cette ovule est plus petite que toutes les autres, elle n'a que 7 lignes de longueur sur 4 de largeur. Elle est très pibbeuse, 2 dos ntrès élevé, etr.a "des prolongements très courts, qui sont entièrement produits par le renflement de la lèvre, qui a un bord très gros et finement dentelé. Les deux exemplaires que nous possédons sont rouges, couleur de chair, l'une passant au violet; les prolongements sont intérieurement rouges de cinnabre." (p. 157- 158). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-597. Measurements: H = 13.0, D = 7.6 mm. Remarks: Probably a junior synonym of Pseudosimnia carnea (Poiret, 1789). The single specimen No. 14 retained and was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991) Family Calyptraeidae Lamarck, 1809 Calyptraea inaequalis Fischer in Kantor & Ivanov, 1991. (Plate 6, Figs. 1,2) MD No. 4,5. Original description: "Calyptrée inégale ou chiffonnée, irrégulière, à bord sinueux à surface rugueux, à languette partant librement du centre. Deux exemplaires; dont l'une plus grande, blanche, transparente. Rare et sans doute une espèce distincte." (p. 128). Locality: None. 75 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 ZMMU No: L-103. Measurements: L = 40.3, W = 36.5, H = 19.5 mm. Remarks: We were not able to find any name, under which the species (probably belonging to Cheilea) is cited in recent literature. In the original description Fisher did not give the Latin name. The name inaequalis was on the label, which was written probably in 1872. Therefore the name was validated and the single retained specimen without number was designated as lectotype by IVANOV & KANTOR (1991). Original label lost. Calyptraea imbricata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 6, Fig. 5,6) MD No. 6,7. Original description: "Calyptrée à étages, blanche, à quatre ou plusieurs réplis feuilletés par étages. La languette centrale courte et mince. Calyptrea imbricata mihi. Linné en a fait une variété de la Clochette (Mus. Reg. Ulr. p. 687. n. 408. Patella labiata equestris a) lamellis horizontalibus imbricatis.) Mais elle doit former une espèce distincte parcequ'elle n'a rien de commun avec la clochette que les caractères génériques. C'est une des plus rares coquilles. V. Martini. L. 155. t. 13 f. 125. 126. Nos deux exemplaires sont parfaitement bien conservés; l'un, plus grand, à quatre étages plus distantes; l'autre, plus petit, en a six qui sont ondulées." (p. 128). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-96. Measurements: L = 14.6, W = 8.0, H = 7.6 mm. Remarks: Probably a synonym of Cheilea tectumsinense (Lamarck). The single pre- served specimen No. 6 was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Crepidula holiotoidea Fischer, 1807. (Plate 6, Figs. 3,4) MD No. 6,7. Original description: "* C. haliotoïde, ovale, aplatie, à sommet latéral et couché (comme 76 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV dans les haliotides) à côtes élevées et granuleuses, à cloison sillonnée. Crepidula holiotoidea, testa vertice laterali depresso, striis granulatis divergentibus, labio sulcato. Cette coquille est très rare, et point d'auteur n'en a fait mention. Elle s'approche par la forme génerale des haliotides, mais la cloison intérieure la range parmi les crepidules. Cette cloison est sillonnée et échancrée sur le bord. Elle a dix lignes de longueur sur 8 de largeur." (p. 127). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No: L-81. Measurements: H = 16.2, D = 19.0 mm. Remarks: A senior synonym of Crepidula dilatata Lamarck, 1822. The single preserved specimen No. 7 was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. The name "“holiotoidea" in the Latin diagnoses is undoubtedly misspelled. Nevertheless, we decided to keep with this spelling in order to avoid homonymy with Crepidula haliotoidea Marwick, 1926. subovali, elevatis Family Xenophoridae Philippi, 1856 Xenophora tricostata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 5, Figs. 1-3) MD No. 2,3. Original description: "* Xenophore à trois côtes, turriculée, garnie de coquilles, trois côtes distinctes sortant de l'ombilic. Xenophora tricostata mihi - Trochus conchyliophorus aliorum. L'un des individus porte des sabots, les ouvertures tournées vers le sommet, et des opercules; l'autre des bivalves, il est grand et bien conservé." (p. 213). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-77. Measurements: H = 50.0, D = 53.2 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Xenophora cochliophora (Born, 1780) (PONDER, 1983). The single preserved specimen without number was designated by Ponder as "holotype”. The specimen should be considered as lectotype in accordance with MCZN, article 74. IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Xenophora mecandrina Fischer, 1807 (Plate 5, Figs. 4-6) MD No. 6. Original description: "* Xenophore méandrine, subturriculée, les tours de spire garnis de méandrines, la base à côtes nombreuses ne laissant point d'espace entre elles. Xenophora mecandrina mihi. Je trouve les côtes de la base variables et cependant concordantes dans des especes semblables, voici pourquoi j'en ai tiré le caractere spécifique, mais je ne dois cependant pas dissimuler, que les côtes varient d'après la quantité d'objêts étrangers qui garnissent le premier tour de la coquille. Elles paroissent être les conduits des vaisseaux ou au moins les endroits ou sont attachés les vaisseaux conducteurs du liquide calcaire lequel colle ces différents objêts." (p. 214). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-78. Measurements: H = 31.0, D = 47.0 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Xenophora cochliophora (Born, 1780) (PONDER, 1983). The single preserved specimen without number was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Family Strombidae Rafinesque, 1815 Strombus tricornis Fischer, 1807 (Plate 3, Fig. 2) MD No. 29. Original description: "Str. tricorne, la lèvre très alongée, avec une pointe plissé en avant, le dos couronné de trois épines. Strombus tricornis mihi. Vulgairement: le cocu, der dreyeckige braun-roth geflammte Kampfhahn. Der gehôürnte Fecher. Grande ailée de la Jamaïque, Davila Cat. syst. p. 183. p. 317. Cochlis alata monodactyles Martini. 3. p. 140. tb. 84. f. 843. - 845." (p. 188). Locality: "mer des Indes”. ZMMU No.: L-730. Measurements: H = 64.8, D = 47.2 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym and junior primary homonym of Strombus tricornis von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Lightfoot, 1786. The specimen should be considered as holotype. Strombus sulcatus Fischer, 1807 (Plate 3, Figs. 1,4-5) MD No. 27, 28. Original description: "Strombe sillonné, la lèvre alongée renflée sur le bord avec une pointe arrondie en avant, le dos sillonné, à sillons élevés dont deux à tubercules, spire alongée, tuberculée. Strombus sulcatus mihi." (p. 188). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-718. Measuremenis: 2 specimens: H = 76.6 and 60.0, D = 56.6 and 42.5 mm respectively. Remarks: Junior synonym of Strombus raninus Gmelin, 1791. Two syntypes without numbers retained. The larger specimen (Plate 3, Fig. 1) is designated here as lectotype. Family Ranellidae Gray, 1854 Cassidea tuberculata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 7, Fig. 4) MD No. 23-25. Original description: "Casque tuberculeux, ovale, ondulé de sillons transverse, quatre côtes, et les bords de spire garnis de tubercules obtus. Cassidea tuberculata mihi." (p. 185). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No: L-518. Measurements: H = 61.6, D = 38.4 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Argobuccinum pustulosum (Lightfoot, 1786). The single retained specimen without number was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Family Muricidae Rafinesque, 1815 Murex tricostatus Fischer, 1807. (Plate 7 Fig 1) MD No. 114, 115. Original description: "Rocher à trois côtes, triangulaire à trois sillons longitudinaux très 14 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 gros, striés transversalement, la lèvre droite crenelée. Murex tricostatus mihi. Il appartient plutôt à la division précendente, et doit occuper sa place à coté de Murex alatus et triqueter, quoiqu'il est beaucoup plus grand et très pesant. Voici pourquoi Martini l'a appellé Purpura triquetra ponderosa. 3. p. 347. t. 110. f. 1029. 1030." (p. 199). Locality: "côte de Coromandel." ZMMU No.: L-277. Measurements: H = 73.0, D = 57.0 mm. Remarks: Probably senior synonym of Hexaplex kuesterianus (Tapparone-Canefri, 1875), or a separate species. The single preserved specimen No. 114 was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Murex alatus Fischer, 1807 (Plate 7, Figs. 5,6) MD No. 29. Original description: " * R. aïlé, blanc, strié transversalement avec trois rangées de feuilles epineuses, les épines creuses et ailées. Murex alatus mihi. Les feuilles erigées, aussi minces comme du papier, et frangées ou crénelées le long de la queue, enveloppent du coté droit les épines, de sorte que les épines en deviennent ailées. - Elle resemble au rocher triptère par la crête et par la grandeur, mais elle en diffère par les épines creuses, par sa delicatesse, ou que je m'exprime ainsi, par sa nature papyracée, et enfin parcequ'elle ne se trouve pas fossile. - Il paroïit que Martini a voulu présenter la même coquille. 3. t. 111. f. 1034. 1035. mais la figure n'est pas reconaissable. La déscription en est un peu plus claire, on y trouve au moins ces épines canaliculées et ailées d'un coté qui rendent cette coquile si remarquable." (p. 194-195). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-308. Measurements: H = 49.2, D = 27.6 mm. Remarks: Probably senior synonym of Pterynotys acanthopterus (Lamarck, 1816), or a separate species. The name appeared to be junior homonym of Murex alatus Gmelin, 78 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV 1791 (Turridae) (VOKES, 1971). The specimen should be considered as holotype. Acanthina imbricata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 4, Figs. 2,5) MD No. 1,2. Original description: "La licorne tuilée, brune, les côtes inégales, garnies d'écailles tuilées; la lèvre droite crenelée. Acanthina imbricata m. Buccinum monodon, Pallas Spicil. 10. p. 33. t. 3. f. 3. 4. - Des bonnes figures. Voy. Knorr. IV. t. 30. f. 1. Regenfuss T. 2. ib. 7. f. 2. Martyn's Univ. Conchol. T. 1. f. 10. T. 2. f. 50. Bucc.Calcar; - Chemnitz, 10. t. 154. f. 1469. 1470. - des parages magellaniques. - Bosc dans son ouvrage d'ailleurs très estimé fait double adhibition de la licorne tuilée. Une fois elle représente Buccinum monoceros Voy T. 4. p. 268; une autre fois Purpura monodon, Tom. Sp. 27." (p: 174195); Locality: "des parages magellaniques." ZMMU No.: L-335. Measurements: Two specimens - H = 58.2, D = 38.0 (No. 1), H = 63.8, D = 44.4 (without number) mm. Remarks: Synonym of Acanthina monodon (Pallas, 1774) and senior homonym of Acanthina imbricata Lamarck, 1816. Two syntypes retained: (No. 1) and a specimen without number. The specimen No. 1 (Plate 4, Fig. 2) is designated here as lectotype. Acanthina costata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 4, Fig. 1) MD No. 4-6. Original description: " La licorne à côtes, jaunâtre, les côtes inégales, les plus élevées tranchantes, la lèvre droite plissée en dedans. Acanthina costasta mihi. Buccinum narhval Bosc. 45. 268." (p. 175). Locality: None. ZMMU No: L-354. Measurements: H = 58.6, D = 41.8 mm. Remarks: À synonym of the highly variable Acanthina monodon (Pallas, 1774). The name "costasta" in the original description is misspelled and was corrected to "costata" IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV according to label (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. The single retained specimen is designated here as lectotype (not holotype, as published in IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Acanthina laevigata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 4, Fig. 3) MD No. 7,8. Original description: "La licorne lisse, lisse et à côtes oblitérés, la lèvre droite lisse, l'épine très longue et visible le long de la lèvre droite. Acanthina laevigata mihi." (p. 175). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-370. Measurements: H = 42.2, D = 30.6 mm. Remarks: Probably a synonym of Acanthina monodon (Pallas, 1774). The single retained specimen is designated here as lectotype. Family Buccinidae Rafinesque, 1815 Eburna chemnitziana Fischer, 1807 (Plate 7, Fig. 8) MD No. 4. Original description: "Eburne de Chemnitz, ombiliquée, lisse, blanche, tachetée de brun ou de pourpre, les tours de spire distincts mais arrondis. Eburna Chemnitziana mihi. Linné regardoit cette belle coquille comme une variété de la précédente [Eburna spirata]. Mais elle en diffère totalement par les caractères énoncés dans la description et surtout par l'ombilique non denté. Chemnitz l'a pris le premier pour une espèce distincte. 4. t. 122. f. 1120 1121." (p. 178). Locality: "côtes de la Chine et des Isles voisines", "Ceylon" on original label. ZMMU No.: L-360. Measurements: H = 59.0, D = 37.7 mm. Remarks: Synonym of Babylonia areolata (Link, 1807). We were unable to ascertain the exact date of publication of both original description and thus the name of Fischer may be either junior, Or senior synonym of Babylonia areolata (Link, 1807). The specimen should be considered as holotype. von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Buccinum fasciatum Fischer, 1807 (Plate 3, Fig. 3) MD No. 6. Original description: "* Buccin rubanné, oblongue presque fusiforme, brun, à fascies transversales plus foncées, dont deux regulièrement tachetées de blanc. Buccinum fasciatum mihi. Les taches blanches triangulaires et en forme de fleche, qui imite un peu la barbe d'une plume a sans doute produit le nom de Hahnenfeder, Buccinum pennatum de Martini. 4. t. 127. f. 1218-20." (p. 177). Locality: "côtes de Jamaiques et de l'Ascension", "Jamaique" on the original label. ZMMU No: L-412. Measurements: H = 35.7, D = 15.5 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Pisania pusio (L., 1758). The specimen should be considered as holotype. Family Fasciolariidae Gray, 1853 Buccinum agathinum Fischer, 1807 (Plate 4, Fig. 4) MD No. 4,5. Original description: "* Buccin porcelaine, oblongue, très épaisse, blanche, à stries circulaires brunes et très étroitement placées, la bouche très blanche. Buccinum agathinum mihi. - Der braungestreiste Bauernjunge Martini. 3. t. 120. f. 1104. 1105. Vulgairement la bouche de lait." (p. 177). Locality: "Indes orientales”. ZMMU No. L-403. Measurements: H = 48.8, D = 28.0 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Latiralagena smaragdula (L., 1758). Single retained specimen without number was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Family Vexillidae Thiele, 1929 Mitra turriculata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 7, Fig. 3) MD No. 28. 79 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Original description: "* Mitre turriculée, emarginée, sillonnée longitudinalement, à sillons écartés, striés transversalement, la columelle à trois plis. Mitra turriculata, testa turrita emarginata, longitudinaliter sulcata, costis distantibis, transversim striata, columella triplicata. Une très belle mitre jaune à tours de spire bordés de brun foible. Les côtes qui garnissent toute la coquille, sont larges et très écartées, un peu courbée au milieu." (p. 171). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-434,. Measurements: H = 42.0, D = 14.0 mm. Remarks: Probably junior synonym of Vexillum vulpecula (L., 1758). The single retained specimen without number was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. Family Olividae Latreille, 1825 Oliva fusca Fischer, 1807. (Plate 8, Figs. 1-7) MD No. 19-89. Original description: ” L'olive nègre, unie; la base de la spire recourbée, la columelle obliquement striée. Oliva fusca m. Voluta oliva Lin. Gm. 3439. 17. Bosc. 5. 37. Martini. 2. t. 45. f. 472. 473. Knorr. S. t. 28. f. 6." (p. 160). Subdescription: "On variétés de L'Olive nègre: 21. l'Olive à robe brune plus claire avec des raies transversales plus foncées. 22 - 25. l'Olive à robe brun-clair passant au rOUge OU au jaune. 26. l'Olive à robe brune avec une bande ou zone, au milieu, tachetée de noir. 29. l'Olive blanchâtre avec des taches irrégulières couleur d'olive. 30. l'Olive verdâtre avec des dessins en Zigzag. 58 - 59. [should be up to No. 82] Suite d'Olives dont les dessins en zigzag forment des zones réticulées, 15 individus." (p. 160-161). Locality: "mer des Indes”. considère comme 80 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, S YSOEV, EGOROV ZMMU No.: L-447. Measurements: lectotype - H = 52.6, D = 27.2 mm. Remarks: Specimens No. 19 and No. 20 were lost. 24 specimens retained: specimens No. 21, 22, 26, 29, 30, 59, and 18 specimens without numbers. AI of them were considered by Fischer as a varieties of Oliva fusca. Specimen No. 21 was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Thus the species appears to be junior synonym of Oliva vidua Roeding, 1798 (Bernard Tursch, personal communication). Original label lost. On the present label of later origin locality was marked as "Espagnie", probably erroneously. The name Oliva fusca Fischer is to be either junior, or senior homonym of Oliva fusca Link, 1807 (see remarks under ÆEburna chemnitziana Fischer, 1807). Other specimens should be considered as paralectotypes and belong to different species: No. 22 (Plate 8, Fig. 2) and 26 (Plate 8, Fig. 7) - to Oliva vidua Roeding, 1798; No. 29 (Plate 8, Fig. 3) - Oliva (Viduoliva) sp.; No. 30 (Plate 8, Fig. 5) - Oliva cf. elegans Lamarck, 1811; No. 59 (Plate 8, Fig. 4) - Oliva cf. tremulina Lamarck, 1811; specimens without numbers - Oliva vidua Roeding, 1798 (Plate 8, Fig. 6); Oliva annulata Gmelin, 1791; Oliva bifasciata Küster, 1877; Oliva fumosa Marat, 1871; Oliva spp. Oliva elongata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 8, Fig. 8) MD No. 136-143. Original description: " Olive alongée, Alongée, à spire très longue à lévres distantes. Oliva elongata. Gmelin a considéré cette olive comme une variété de l'Utricule, (Martini 2. t. 50. f. 549 - 554.) mais à ce qu'il me paroit, elle doit former une espèce distincte, vu sa proportion alongée et cylindrique; l'autre étant ventrue." (p. 162- 163). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-450. Measurements: H = 63.2, D = 23.0 mm. IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Remarks: Probably senior synonym of Agaronia nebulosa (Lamarck, 1811). The single retained specimen without number was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Family Conidae Rafinesque, 1815 Conus caracteristicus Fischer, 1807 (Plate 7, Fig. 7) MD No. 113-116. Original description: "Cône caractéristique, conique, blanc, avec des tâches brunes en forme de caractères placés en trois séries, spire aplatie, mucronée. Conus caracteristicus, testa conica, alba, characteribus rufescentibus in triplici fascia inscriptis, Spira truncata obtusissima, alba, ex fusco maculata, basi striis exoratis cincta. Chemnitz. 10. p. 54. t. 182. f. 1760. 1761." (p. 139). Subdescription: "116. Variété rare à spire tout à fait tronquée, à fascies intermediaires blanches non ponctuées." Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-615. Measurements: H = 44.8, D = 28.5 mm. Remarks: Valid species. The single specimen No. 116 retained. This specimen was considered by Fischer as only a variety of his Conus caracteristicus and belongs to Conus eburneus Hwass, 1792. This allowed Kohn (1981) to designate the cited figures in Chemnitz (1788: pl. 182, fig. 1760, 1761) as lectotype. The mentioned figures represented a specimen of undescribed species. Therefore the retained specimen No. 116 should be considered as a paralectotype. Conus fusiformis Fischer, 1807 (Plate 7, Fig. 2) MD No. 179-180. Original description: "* Cône fusiforme, rouge-rouse avec des stries élevées et des fascies blanches, la spire obtuse. Conus fusifornis [sic!], testa subconica, transversim striata fasciis duabus albis. von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Ce cône doit former une espece nouvelle qui se distingue des autres cônes tarrières par le corps peu ventru, par la spire plus obtuse que dans les autres et par sa grandeur. L'un des deux individus que nous possedons, a deux pouces cinq lignes de longueur, sur 1 pouce de largeur. Je l'ai reçu sous le nom de bout de chandelle." (p. 144). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-608. Measurements: H = 44.5, D = 19.0 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Conus glans Hwass, 1792. The single retained specimen No. 179 was designated as lectotype (KOHN, 1981). Kohn corrected an inadvertent error in “fusifornis" in diagnosis to “fusiformis". Subclassis Divasibranchia Minichev et Starobogatov, 1975 Family Siphonariidae Gray, 1840 Patella serrata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 2, Figs. 3-6) MD No. 25,26. Original description: “ Patelle scie, presque ronde, à côtes nombreuses élevées et dentelées en forme de scie. Patella serrata mihi, testa sub-rotunda, costis multi elevatis serratis. Deux exemplaires dont l'une est verte et rouge, rayée de blanc à l'intérieur, l'autre blanche et jaune. Elles n'ont que 8 lignes de longueur sur 6 de largeur, et paraissent avoir quelque analogie avec la radiée, Patella alboradiata de Bosc. 3. 198." (p. 116). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-1076. Measurements: L = 19.0, W = 14.7, H = 5.9 (No. 25) and L = 17.0, W = 15.2, H = 5.6 (No. 26) mm. Remarks: We were not able to find any name, under which the species is cited in recent literature. The species belongs to Siphonaria. Two syntypes retained, both with the numbers. Original label lost. Specimen No. 25 is designated here as lectotype. 81 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Patella leucogramma Fischer, 1807. (Plate 1, fig. 8) MD No. 24, Original description: ds Patelle leucogramme, ovale à sommet pointu, bleu d'indigo et presque central, à 12 côtes élevées blanches. Patella leucogramma, mihi. Testa ovali tenui, striis elevatis albis undecim, vertice mucronato azureo. La patrie en est inconnue. Le dedans est bleu d'indigo au fond qui est ceinturé de brun. Ce n'est que le bord qui présente à l'intérieur des raies blanches. Cette belle patelle a 9 lignes de longueur sur 7 de largeur." (p. 115-116). Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-1044. Measurements: L = 21.6, W = 15.5, H = 7.9 mm. Remarks: We were not able to find any name, under which the species is cited in recent literature. The species belongs to Siphonaria (D.Lindberg, personal communication). The specimen should be considered as holotype. Classis BIVALVIA Family Mytilidae Rafinesque, 1815 Mytilus variabilis Fischer, 1807 (Plate 9, Figs. 7-10) MD No. 48,49. Original description: “Moule variable, oblongue, pyramidale, transparente, transversalement striée, à stries concentriques, une bosse variable. Mytilus variabilis mihi. Cette moule est transparente, bleu-noirâtre, et a une singulière conformation de ses deux valves. L'une a une bosse alongée auprès de la charnière, l'autre auprès des bords. Celle-ci forme comme une bouche hiante pour faire sortir le byssus par lequel l'animal s'attache. Cette ouverture des bords est-elle peut-être le caractère d'un genre particulier dont nous ne connaissons que cette espèce. - Elle fait en tout cas le passage aux modioles de Lamarck; et n'a rien de commun avec la moule azurée de Gmelin." (p. 249). 82 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-2193,. Measurements: L = 53.2 mm. Remarks: Probably a junior synonym of Mytilus edulis L., 1758. The single retained specimen No. 49 was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. Modiola rufa Fischer, 1807 (Plate 9, Figs. 1-6) MD No. 6. Original description: " Modiole rouge, lisse, mince, transparente, rouge-clair. Modiola rufa mihi. Est ce la moule rouge de Bosc? la nôtre n'est pas rugueuse." (p. 250). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-2170. Measurements: L = 71.6 and 68.5 mm, respectively. Remarks: The species belongs to Modiolus, and similar to Modiolus neglectus Soot-Ryen, 1955. Two syntypes without numbers and polished surface retained. One of them is probably later addition. According to very Similar condition and polished valves, the second specimen was added by Fischer himself after the publication of MD. The larger (Plate 9, Figs. 1-4) is designated here as lectotype. Original label lost. Family Lucinidae Fleming, 1928 Lucina reticulata Fischer, 1807 (Plate 6, Figs. 7-10) MD No. 12-14. Original description: "Lucine rezeau. Lucina reticulata mihi; - Venus tigerina, Lin. Dargenville. t. 21. f E. Adanson t. 16. f. 3. le Codock; = Knorr. Del. 4. t. 14. f. 4. Chemnitz. 7° p'021937/42590 3917" Bosce 60. pl. 19. f. 3. Vulgairement: rezeau blanc; langue de tigre." (p. 261). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: Ld-1664. Measurements: L = 44.4, W = 43.2 mm. Remarks: The species belongs to Codakia. The only retained specimen without number IVANOV, KANTOR, S YSOEV, EGOROV was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. Class POLYPLACOPHORA Family Chitonidae Rafinesque, 1815 Chiton undulatus Fischer, 1807 (Plate 2, Fig. 8) MD No. 7,8. Original description: "* l'Oscabrion ondulé, à huit valves lisses brunes, à stries transversales, ondulées jaunes. Chiton undulatus, testa octovalvi laevi brunnea, striis transversalibus undulatis flavis. Les deux exemplaires paroissent apartenir à la même espèce quoique l'une soit un peu plus grande et même plus pâle en couleurs. Les stries transversales se sont plus près au milieu de la quatrième et cinquième valve; là elles imitent des flammes. La ligne du milieu qui fait le centre ou le sommet est grisâtre accompagné d'une bordure brune-foncée. Le ligament circulaire est garni de petites écailles alongées grises et vertes. Les écailles ou valves principales sont intérieurement dentélées et d'un vert très pâle. Eune a "p.51 de largeur, sur 10:41” dœ longueur et l'autre 1. p. 3. 1. de large, sur 9 de long." (p. 112). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-1026. Measurements: L = 32 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Chiton marmoratus Gmelin, 1791. The single retained specimen No. 8 was designated as lectotype (IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Original label lost. Chiton bipunctatus Fischer, 1807 (Plate 2, Fig. 9) MD No. 5. Original description: "* L'oscabrion deux- points, à huit valves ridées, les valves terminales sillonnées, les intermédiaires garnies de coté et par devant de trois points élevés. von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Chiton bipunctatus, testa octovalvi rugosa, terminalibus sulcatis, intermediis latere margineuque anteriore bipunctatis. Cette espèce d'Oscabrion, couverte d'une croute calcaire, sans être fossile, est nouvelle. Elle est de la grandeur de la précedente; ses écailles sont ridées, les terminales sillonnées,; les sillons sortent d'un centre commun et se terminent avant le contour dans un bourrelet élevé. Les écailles intermédiaires présentent auprès de leur sommet qui se termine en épine élevée, deux points noirs et à la marge opposée, de coté, trois points noirs élevés. L'intérieur est d'un vert très foncé. Les contours sont blancs, garnis d'écailles grisâtres en forme de lentilles. Le port total le distingue de l'Oscabrion tacheté de Chemnitz 8. t. 95. f. 802. 2. p. 2. 1. de longueur, 1. p. 11. de largeur." (p. 111- 112): Locality: Unknown. ZMMU No.: L-1022. Measurements: L = 58.2 mm. Remarks: Junior synonym of Chiton squamosus L., 1764. Original label lost. The specimen should be considered as holotype (not lectotype, as designated in IVANOV & KANTOR, 1991). Chiton incompletus Fischer, 1807 (Plate 2, Fig. 10) MD No. 9. Original description: "* l'Oscabrion incomplet, à huit valves blanches jaunâtres qui ne touchent pas le contour ligamenteux. Chiton incompletus, testa octovalvi laevi, ligamentum circulare non attingente. Cet oscabrion a 1 p. 2 I. de largeur sur 8 1. de longueur. Les valves sont partout bordées d'un large contour membraneux où on ne voit point de traces des écailles latérales qui laissent toujours des impressions plus ou moins profondes. Les valves elles-mêmes sont jaunes avec des lignes concentrique violettes pâles. Le sommet forme une ligne élevée brune à trois sillons bien profonds des deux cotés. Les deux valves terminales sont rayonnées, à rayons divergens formés par des points, bruns 83 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 et imprimés. On trouve de pareils rayons sur les valves intermédiaires qui partent du sommet vers le contour. L'intérieur est blanc- rougeâtre et les valves sont un peu découpées au milieu." (p. 113). Locality: None. ZMMU No.: L-1028. Measurements: L = 29 mm. Remarks: Senior synonym of Tonicia atrata (Sowerby, 1840). Original label lost. The specimen should be considered as holotype. Below is the list of species (in the original transcription), described by Fischer, type specimens of which have not been located and are assumed to have been lost. Numeration of specimens is in accordance with MD. Chiton 6 * - striatus Patella 10 - undecim-costata mihi 107* - maculata Galerita 9 * - punctata mihi Calyptrea 12 * - verrucosa mihi Conus 25,26* - rare 41 - roseus 42 - citrinus mihi 50,51 - porcellaneus 123-125* - gigas 173,174* - alatus Cypraea 36,37 - Ferruginea Oliva 90-92 - plicata mihi 133 - guttata mihi Ancilla 2 - coccinea mihi 3-6 - laevigata mihi 7,8 - bullata mihi Voluta 27 - citrina mihi Marginella 4-6 - glauca mihi 7,8* - ventricosa m. Cancellaria von Waldheim, 1807 9-11 - mitroides mihi Nassa 3* - granulata mihi 4,5* - laevis m. Terebra 22* - undata mihi 28* - ammiralis, mihi 31,32 - oblongo-guttata mihi Cassidea 14* - punctata mihi 15* - plicata mihi Strombus 62-65 - spinosus mihi 66 - tuberculatus mihi Murex 107 - imperialis mihi Fasciolaria 15 - lilium mihi Turbinellus 1,2 - spinosus mihi 3,4 - corona mihi 15* - flammeus mihi Pleurotoma 6-8 - sulcata mihi Cerithium 12-13 - variegatum mihi Trochus 32 - granulatus Xenophora 1* - Jaevigata mihi 4,5* - vulcanica mihi Monodonta 2 - canaliculata mihi 3 - bicostata mihi 4-7 - granulata mihi Cyclostoma 3-5 - fasciatum mihi 6 - bicinctum mihi Auricula 4 - papyracea mihi Pleurodonte Mihi 5,6 - inaequalis mihi Helix 22,23 - dubia mihi Vermicularia 5 - calyculata mihi Siliquaria 2 - spinosa mihi 3 - turbinata mihi IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Capsa 5,6 - costata mihi 7,8 - laevis mihi Tellina 12 - violacea mihi Donax 13 - fimbriata mihi Cardita 3 - interrupta mihi Cardium 23,24 - reticulatum mihi Arca 23 - radiata mihi Alectryonia Mihi 1 - rara Mihi 2 - parasitica mihi Ostrea 1 - concentrica mihi 5 - capsa mihi von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 REFERENCES. FISCHER, G., 1807. Museum-Demidoff. Mis en ordre systematique et decrit. Moscow. T. 3. 330 pp. IVANOV, D.L. and Yu.l. KANTOR, 1991 Paul Demidoffs malacological collection in the Zoological Museum of Moscow University. Moscow University Press. 94 pp. KOHN, A.J, 1981 Type specimens and identity of the described species of Conus. VI. The species described 1801-1810. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 71(3): 279- 341. PONDER, W.F., 1983 Xenophoridaæ of the World. Australian Museum, Sydney Memoirs, 17: 1-126. VOKES, E.H., 1971 Catalogue of the genus Murex Linne (Mollusca: Gastropoda); Muricinae, Ocenebrinae. Bulletins of American Paleontology, 61(268): 5-141. 85 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Plate 1. 1 - Patella bifida Fischer, 1807, holotype, L = 51.4 (with spines), W = 41.1 (with spines), H = 19.0 mm. 2 - Patella spinosa Fischer,1807, holotype, L = 39.5 (with spines), W = 38.0 (with spines), H = 8.9 mm. 3 - Patella septemradiata Fischer, 1807, holotype, L = 26.6, W = 23.0, H = 4.5 mm. 4,5 - Patella rubrocostata Fischer, 1807, 4 - paralectotype, L= 22.6, W = 17.1, H = 9.05 mm; 5 - lectotype, L = 21.6, W = 16.8, H = 8.0 mm. 6,7 - Patella dubloradiata Fischer, 1807 6 - lectotype, L = 17.8, W = 14.2, H = 7.3 mm; 7 - paralectotype, L = 26.6, W = 22.2, H = 10.2 mm. 8 - Patella leucogramma Fischer, 1807, holotype, L = 21.6, W = 15.5, H = 7.9 mm. 86 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Plate 2. 1,2 - Patella digitata Fischer, 1807, holotype, L = 48.6, W = 42.3, H = 9.6 mm. 3-6 - Patella serrata Fischer, 1807; 3-4 - lectotype, L = 19.0, W = 14.7, H = 5.9 mm; 5-6 - paralectotype, L = 17.0, W = 15.2, H = 5.6 mm. 7 - Patella novemradiata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, L = 28.0, W = 23.6, H = 9.0 mm. 8 - Chiton undulatus Fischer, 1807, lectotype, L = 32 mm. 9 - Chiton bipunctatus Fischer, 1807, holotype, L = 58.2 mm. 10 - Chiton incompletus Fischer, 1807, holotype, L = 29 mm. 87 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Plate 3. 1, 4,5 - Strombus sulcatus Fischer, 1807, 1 - lectotype, H = 76.6, D = 56.6 mm, 4,5 - paralectotype, H = 60.0, D = 42.5 mm. 2 - Strombus tricornis Fischer, 1807, holotype, H = 64.8, D = 47.2 mm. 3 - Buccinum fasciatum Fischer, 1807, holotype, H = 35.7, D = 15.5 mm. 6,7 - Solarium radiatum Fischer,1807, lectotype, H = 59.0, D = 91.3 mm. 88 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Plate 4. 1 - Acanthina costata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 58.6, D = 41.8 mm. 2,5 - Acanthina imbricata Fischer, 1807, 2 - lectotype, H = 58.2, D = 38.0 mm, 5 - paralectotype, H = 63.8, D = 44.4 mm. 3 - Acanthina laevigata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 42.2, D = 30.6 mm. 4 - Buccinum agathinum Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 48.8, D = 28.0 mm. 6 - Cypraea lunata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 27.0, D = 18.8 mm. 7,8 - Cypraea albopunctata Fischer, 1807, 7 - paralectotype, H = 34.3, D = 23.0 mm; 8 - lectotype, H = 30.5, D = 20.0 mm. 89 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Plate 5. 1-3 - Xenophora tricostata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 50.0, D = 53.2 mm. 4-6 - Xenophora mecandrina Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 31.0, D = 47.0 mm. 7 - Ovula papyracea Fischer, 1807, holotype, H = 75.0, D = 43.7 mm. 8, 9 - Ovula dentata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H =1930,D=7:60 mm: 90 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 EEE OO APE GOUT 12275 Plate 6. 1,2 - Calyptraea inaequalis Fischer, 1807, lectotype, L = 40.3, W = 36.5, H = 19.5 mm. 3,4 - Crepidula holiotoidea Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 16.2, D = 19.0 mm. 5,6 - Calyptraea imbricata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, L = 14.6, W = 8.0, H = 7.6 mm. 7-10 - Lucina reticulata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, L = 44.4, W = 43.2 mm. 91 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Plate 7. 1 - Murex tricostatus Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 73.0, D = 57.0 mm. 2 - Conus fusiformis Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 44.5, D = 19.0 mm. 3 - Mitra turriculata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 42.0, D = 14.0 mm. 4 - Cassidea tuberculata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 61.6, D = 38.4 mm. 5,6 - Murex alatus Fischer, 1807, holotype, H = 49.2, D = 27.6 mm. 7 - Conus caracteristicus Fischer, 1807, paralectotype, H = 44.8, D = 28.5 mm. 8 - Eburna chemnitziana Fischer, 1807, holotype, H = 59.0, D = 37.7 mm. 92 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV von Waldheim, 1807 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Plate 8. 1-7 - Oliva fusca Fischer, 1807: 1 - lectotype, H = 52.6, D = 27.2 mm; 2 - paralectotype (= Oliva vidua Roeding, 1798), H = 43.5 mm; 3 - paralectotype (-Oliva (Viduoliva) sp.), H = 45.1 mm; 4 - paralectotype (-Oliva cf. tremulina Lamarck, 1811), H = 40.8 mm; 5 - paralectotype (=Oliva cf. elegans Lamarck, 1811), H= 39.7 mm; 6 - paralectotype (= Oliva vidua Roeding, 1798), H= 59.4 mm; 7 - paralectotype (= Oliva vidua Roeding, 1798), H= 43.8 mm. 8 - Ofiva elongata Fischer, 1807, lectotype, H = 63.2, D = 23.0 mm. APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 von Waldheim, 1807 IVANOV, KANTOR, SYSOEV, EGOROV Plate 9. 1-6 - Modiola rufa Fischer, 1807, 1-4 - lectotype, L = 71.6 mm; 5,6 - paralectotype, L = 68.5 mm. 7-10 - Mytilus variabilis Fischer, 1807, lectotype, L = 53.2 mm. 94 ROLÀN and FERNANDEZ-GARCÉS Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 The Family Triphoridae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) in Cuba. 2. The Genus /niforis Jousseaume, 1884 Emilio ROLAÂN and Raül FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS* Câénovas del Castillo, 22 36202, Vigo, España *Poder Popular Cienfuegos, Cuba KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Triphoridae, Iniforis, Cuba ABSTRACT: The species of the genus /niforis Jousseaume, 1884 (family Triphoridae) from Cuba are studied. Three new species are described, being designated a neotype for L. turristhomae (Holten, 1802). The protoconch, important element for specific separation, is described and illustrated for each species. RESUMEN: Se estudia en género /niforis Jousseaume, 1884 (familia Triphoridae) en la isla de Cuba. Se describen tres nuevas especies siendo designado un neotipo para L. turrithomae (Holten, 1802). Las protoconchas de todas las especies, elemento importante para la separaciôn especffica, son descritas y representadas. INTRODUCTION JOUSSEAUME (1884: 235-236) created the genus /miforis with the following description: "coquille sénestre, allongée et subulée, à sur- face granuleuse; spire composée de plus de quinze tours, le dernier à trois ouvertures inégales". LASERON (1958: 579) comments: "Jousseaume divided the recent species with the so-called three apertures into two series: Iniforis, for those with two rows of gemmules and more than 15 whorls and Mastoniaeforis for those with three rows of gemmules and 15 whorls of less". MARSHALL (1983: 7) considered that the genera Mastonia Hinds, 1843, Iniforis Jous- seaume, 1884 and Mastoniaeforis Jousseaume, 1884 are related because they show a progressive development of the poste- rior Canal from a simple notch. MARSHALL (op. cit.: 45), opted for maintaining Mastonia, Mesophora, Iniforis, and Mastoniaeforis as separate genera. Material collected in Cuba through the co- operation Of two Spanish Universities (Autonoma of Madrid and Oviedo) with the University of La Habana, and also material collected in other occasions by the junior author yielded a lot of species of the Family Triphoridae. The first work (ROLAN & FER- NANDEZ-GARCÉS, 1993) tried on the genus Metaxia Several species which could be in- cluded into the genus /niforis due to the exis- tence of three apertures and two cords per whorl, are studied in the present. The number of spire's whorls of these species were up to 15 in some of them, and fewer in some others, especially in those with a paucispiral 95 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 protoconch. They are very similar to the shells figured by LASERON (1958: 214 & 217) for the genus /niforis, but also to the species placed in the genus Epiforis Laseron, 1958. RESULTS Abbreviations used: MNCN: Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid IES: Instituto de Ecologfa y Sistemätica, La Habana MNHN: Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris BMNH: The Natural History Museum, London AMNH: American Museum of Natural History, New York ZMA: Zoëlogisch Museum, Amsterdam CFG: R. Fernandes-Garcés, Cienfuegos, Cuba CER: E. Rolän, Vigo, Spain Genus Zniforis Jousseaume, 1884 = Mastoniaeforis Jousseaume, 1884 = Epiforis Laseron, 1958 = Contraforis Laseron, 1958 No important characters separate the genus Mastoniaeforis (and its synonyms Epiforis and Contraforis, in the opinion of MARSHALL, 1983) from /niforis, because the form of the protoconch or the number of whorls are not good specific characters for generic separation. Iniforis turristhomae (Holten, 1802) Figs 1,2,3,4,20, 213103229357 Turris Thomae Chemnitz, Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, vol. 11, p. 310, t. 213, fig. 3022, a to d. Turbo turris-Thomae Holten, 1802. Enumeratio systematica Conchyliorum beat. Chemnitzü, p. 71 (refers the fig. 3022 of Chemnitz). 96 Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS Cerithium mirabile C. B. Adams, 1850. Contrib. Conch, 7: 118. Material examined More than two hundred specimens and shells collected in the following places: North of Cuba (CER): at 4 m, in Baracoa; at 3 m, in Marina Hemingway; at 10 m, in La Herradura; at 5 m, in Jibacoa; at 3 m, in the proximity of the Hotel Comodoro, La Habana. South of Cuba: at 1 m, in Cable Inglés and between 15 to 30 m, in Faro de los Colorados, Cienfuegos (CER y CFG); between 10 m to 17 m, in Cayo Matfas, at 6 m, in Cayo Cantiles and at 8 m, in Cayo Avalos, Arquipelago of Los Canarreos (CER); at 50 m, in Punta Pedernales and between 10 to 20 m, in Punta Francés, Isla de la Juventud (CER y MNCN). Type material The type material is considered lost (DE JONG & COOMANS, 1988). It is necessary for nomenclatural stability to designate à neotype (Fig. 1), which is 5.5 mm, and is deposited in the MNCN with the number 15.05/6823. Its origin is from Cienfuegos. Description The shell (Figs. 1-4) was before figured in WARMKE & ABBOTT (1961: pl. 13, fig. j) and in ABBOTT (1974: fig. 1132). Cerithium mirabile C. B. Adams, 1850, which type is represented in CLENCH & TURNER (1950: pl. 38, fig. 1), is a shell without protoconch, but it seems to be the same species. It is a very well known and repeatedly described species (for example, in ABBOTT, 1974: 111). Dimensions between 4.1 mm to 7.0 mm. To these descriptions it is necessary to add: The protoconch (Fig. 20) is dark brown with four spiral whorls. It has an average of 0.48 mm of length. The embryonic whorl is 0.13 mm in width and is covered by many small semispheric tubercles which are irregularly ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Figs. 1-4. /niforis turristhomae. (Fig. 1: neotype, MNCN). Figs. 5-8. /niforis pseudothomae n. sp. (Fig. 6: holotype, MNCN; Figs. 5, 7, 8: paratypes, CER). (scale: 1 mm) 97 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 distributed (Fig. 21). Two spiral cords crossed by axial ribs run along the remaining whorls. The animal is translucid white, with very small milky-white blotches, some on the entire body, but most on the cephalic part. There is yellow pigmentation on the propodium and on the dorsal part of the metapodium. Some small red violet spots are present on the dorsum of the foot, more concentrated in its central part. Tentacles are translucid. Radula with many teeth, all very similar among them, with three long cusps (Figs. 31- 32 & 34). BANDEL (1984: fig. 95, pl. 5, fig. 4) previously illustrated this radula. Operculum (Fig. 33) almost circular, translucid whitish-yellow, with a central nucleus, and 4-6 spiral whorls. Ovoid insertion surface form placed in a lateral position. Comments The description of Z. turristhomae is based in a figure of Chemnitz lacking the necessary details for defining the species. However, the authors who before represented the shell, agreed about the shells belonged to this species. At present, the existence of other species with similar shell (see below) and with very Similar but different protoconch, makes it necessary to designate a neotype in order to preserve the nomenclatural stability. KOSUGE (1966: figs. 21 & 22 a, b & c) shows the radula of two species of /niforis: I. albogranosa and I. concors. These radulae have a pentacuspid rachidian tooth, tricuspid lateral and monocuspid marginal teeth. The radula represented by MARSHALL (1983: fig. 4, H) for /niforis cf. violacea is Similar to the one of the present species. So it must be considered that the radula of this genus can have a variable number of cusps on its teeth. 98 Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS Triphora turrissimilis Nowell-Usticke, 1971 is not à synonym of this species, but a triphorid not included in the genus /niforis because its anal Canal is close to the aperture. The same condition occurs in Triphora bermudensis Bartsch, 1911, which was sometimes synonymized with the present species (ABBOTT, 1974). Iniforis casta (Hinds, 1843) Figs. 9, 10, 11, 24 Triforis (Mastonia) castus Hinds, 1843. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, 11: 20. Material examined Type material: Lectotype, 4.9 x 1.7 mm from $S. Vincent, W. Indies, BMNH number 196536-37, Gray collection, selected by Moolenbeek & Faber (in press). A paralectotype is a fragment without protoconch and with a continous dark spiral line, and is probably a different species. North of Cuba: 8 shells and 24 fragments with protoconch at 5 m in Jibacoa (CER),; 1 shell at 6 m in Yacuanabo (CER). South of Cuba: 1 shell at 10 m in Cayo Cantiles and 2 fragments with protoconch at 20 m in Cayo Matfas, Archipelago of Los Canarreos (CER). Description Shell (Figs. 9, 10 & 11) slender and elongated, slightly curved in the last whoris, cream-white, crossed by an spiral brown band (always discontinous) on the lower row of tubercles. Dimensions: between 4.0 to 5.5 mm in length. Protoconch (Fig. 24) with between 2 and 3.5 whorls with faint transition protocon- ch/teleoconch. Its width is 0.30 mm. Spiral striae are present at the beginning but imme- diatly a very tiny axial sculpture is present. Two spiral cords run along the protoconch ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus Iniforis APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Figs. 9-11. /niforis casta, Jibacoa (Cuba). Figs. 12-15. /niforis carmelae n. sp. (Fig. 12: holotype, MNCN; Fig. 13: paratype, AMNH:; Figs. 14- 15: paratypes, CER). Figs. 16-19. /niforis immaculata n. sp. (Figs. 16 & 18: paratypes, CER; Fig. 17: holotype, MNCN; Fig. 19: paratype, AMNHI). (scale: 1 mm) 99 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 ending with a single cord, extended in variable distance. Teleoconch with about 8-10 whorls, each one with two rows of tubercles, separated by a fine undulated spiral rib. The first two whorls are white but in the remaining whorls the lower row is irregular brown. A dark blotch is present on the base of the siphonal tube. There are three tuberculated cords on the body whorl some of which extend onto the base. The aperture is circular. The anal aperture in the suture is slightly separated from the aperture. The siphonal tube is closed, narrow and slightly curved at its end. The animal is unknown. Comments I casta is easily differentiated from Z. turristhomae by its white protoconch with less whorls, and also by its discontinous brown Spiral line. Iniforis pseudothomae n.sp. Figs:5,6,7,8,22,723 Material examined North of Cuba: 2 shells at 5 m, in Baracoa (CER). South of Cuba: 10 shells at 6 m, in Cayo Cantiles and 6 shells at 20 m, in Cayo Matfas, Arquipelago of Los Canarreos (CER); 23 shells between 10 to 20 m in the Cienfuegos Bay and 32 shells at 45 m in Rancho Luna, Cienfuegos (type material and CER). Type material Holotype (Fig. 6) of 7.4 mm, from Cienfuegos, MNCN 15.05/6820; S paratypes in the IES; one paratype in AMNH 226459, MNEHN, BMNH 1992133, ZMA 3.93.005 and ten in the CFG and CER (all from the Cienfuegos lot). Description Shell (Figs. 5-8) slender and elongated, pointed, with a rectilinear profile except in the 100 Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis ROLÀAN and FERNÂANDEZ-GARCÉS last whorl. Whitish colour with two rows of tubercles: the upper one is white and the lower has an irregular light brown spiral band. Dimensions: between 5.0 to 9.5 mm. Protoconch (Fig. 23) brown in colour, average 0.67 mm in length. Width of the embryonic whorl is 0.17 mm and it has its surface covered with many small tubercles grouped in bands (Fig. 22). The larval shell has up to five whorls, four of them showing two spiral fine cords crossed by axial ribs; in the last whorl there is a single cord, also crossed by axial ribs. The teleoconch has between 10 to 15 whorls with a very rectilinear profile. The suture is not evident. Two rows of tubercles are present, all connected by a spiral cord. The upper row is white and bordered by two fine cords, one near the suture and the other close to and below the tubercles. The inferior row is a irregular discontinous light brown. On the last whorl, there are several spiral cords near the base, most of them without tubercles; the last cord is placed on the siphonal tube. The aperture is circular, clearly separated from the shell. The siphonal tube is elongated, closed and a slightly curved, darker near the aperture. One new tube is placed on the suture à little before the end of the spire, representing the anal canal. The siphonal and the anal tubes are usually elongated. Etymology The specific name refers the similarity with the precedent species (1. turristhomae). Type locality Cienfuegos, in the south of Cuba. Discussion L pseudothomae is very similar to Z turristhomae but it has a more rectilinear profile and is usually larger (one specimen had up to 20 whoris of teleoconch). The most distinctive character is the lower row of tubercles of irregular brown colour present in L pseudothomae; the shell is lighter in colour ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus Iniforis APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 ; AR t , f LR na 77 70 Figs. 20-21. /niforis turristhomae. (Fig. 20: protoconch; Fig. 21: embryonic shell). Figs. 22-23. /niforis pseudothomae n. sp. (Fig. 23: protoconch; Fig. 22: embryonic shell). Fig. 24. /niforis casta (protoconch). (scale: protoconch: 0.1 mm; embryonic shells: 0.05 mm) 101 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 than /. turristhomae. The embryonic shell is slightly larger than Z. turristhomae, and its tubercles are grouped into obvious cords; also the abapical whorl of the protoconch, with one spiral cord, is larger. The siphonal and anal tubes in Z. pseudothomae are longer than in /. turristhomae. The other species of this genus, mentioned in the present work for the Caribbean area, have protoconchs that indicate lecithotrophic development. ODE (1989: 109), speaking about Triphora turristhomae, commented that in some rare cases, the specimens observed have the brown band "broken into a line of dashes". These specimens are likely to be Z. pseudothomae n. sp. LEAL (1991: 123, pl. 16, figs. L-M) described and illustrated Triphora sp. 2, which could be the present species because "it differs (from T. turristhomae) by having a rather diffuse coloration pattern of brown spots over entire whorls, instead of the single, brown abapical spiral row of nodules”. Therefore, we expect Z. pseudothomae to have a wider range throughout the Caribbean region. Iniforis carmelae n.sp. Figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 28, 29, 30 Material examined North of Cuba: 4 shells at 15 m, in La Herradura (CER); 3 shells and 4 fragments at 5 m, in Jibacoa (CER), 3 shells at 5 m, in Baracoa (CER). South of Cuba: 9 shells at 15 m, in Cayo Matfas, 1 shell at 5 m, in Cayo Diego Perez (Archipelago of Los Canarreos) (MNCN); 22 shells and 5 fragments at 45 m, in Rancho Luna (Cienfuegos) (type material). Type material Holotype (Fig. 12) of 5.2 mm, from Cienfuegos, MNCN 15.05/6822. One paratype in ZMA 3.93.006, AMNH 226457, IES, BMNH 1992134, MNAHN, five in the 102 Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS CFF and fifteen in the CER (all from the Cienfuegos lot). Description Shell (Figs. 12-15 & 28) elongated and slender, translucent cream-white, with two rows Of tubercles, lower one marked by an irregular brown band. Dimensions between 4.2 mm to 5.9 mm. Protoconch (Figs. 29-30) blunt, sometimes variable in width (average 0.34 mm), with about 2 1/2 whorls. It begins with a circular smooth nucleus which shows several growth lines. The first whorl is rounded, with a spiral cord that begins at its end. The first whorl shows, in fresh shells, very fine irregular Spiral lines devoid of axial sculpture. On the second whorl there are incomplete axial ribs which change into tubercles in some specimens. The teleoconch shows about 10 whorls, each one with two rows of tubercles. Suture not well marked. A fine spiral rib appears about the 9-10 whorl below the upper row of tubercles and bordering them closely. On the last whorl there are other three non- tuberculated cords below the last two rows. The anal tube is opened in the suture slightly before the end of the spire. The aperture is circular and separated from the shell at its end. The siphonal canal is slightly elongated, closed, and slightly curved. The fragments of the shells show that the interior core is brown. The animal is unknown. Etymology The name is employed in memoriam of a daughter of the senior author. Type locality Cienfuegos in the South of Cuba. Discussion The paucispiral protoconch differs from those species with planktotrophic development (Z. turristhomae and I. pseudothomae). Other ROLÀN and FERNANDEZ-GARCÉS Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Figs. 25-27. Iniforis inmaculata n. sp. (Fig. 25: paratype, CER; Figs. 26-27: protoconchs). Figs. 28-30. /niforis carmelae n. sp. (Fig. 28: paratype, CER; Figs. 29-30: protoconchs). Figs. 31-32. /niforis turristhomae (radula). (scale: shells: 1 mm; protoconch: 0.1 mm; radula: 0.01 mm) APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 species with similar coloration pattern such as Triphora bermudensis Bartsch, 1911, T. elvirae De Jong & Coomans, 1988 and T7. ellyae De Jong & Coomans, 1988, have multispiral protoconchs. L casta has a more inflated shell, its protoconch is smaller, and presents differently sculpture. The differences with the species to be shown below will be made after its description. Iniforis immaculata n.sp. Figs: 16,17, 181925 2627 Material examined North of Cuba: 3 shells and 2 fragment at 5 m, in Jibacoa; 2 shells and 1 fragment at 4 m, in Baracoa. South of Cuba: 5 shells and 7 fragments at 15 m, in Cayo Matfas; 4 shell and 3 fragments at 15 m, in Rancho Luna and 3 shells and 4 33 Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS fragments between 10 to 45 m, in Cienfuegos Bay. Most of the shells are type material; rest in CER. Type material Holotype (Fig. 17) of 4.00 mm, from Cienfuegos, MNCN 15.05/6821. One paratype in the collections of IES (from Cienfuegos), AMNH 226458 (from Rancho Luna, Cienfuegos), BMNH 1992135 (from Cayo Matfas), MNHN (from Cayo Matfas) and ZMA 3.93.007 (from Jibacoa); four in the CFG (from Rancho Luna) and seven in the CER (from Rancho Luna and Cienfuegos Bay). Description Shell (Figs. 16-19 & 725) slender and elongated, glossy, slightly curved in last whorls, with a slightly translucent white colour. Dimensions: between 3.5 mm to 4.9 mm. A 34 Fig. 33.- Operculum of /niforis turristhomae (scale: 0.5 mm). Fig. 34.- Radular teeth of /niforis turristhomae: C- central tooth; L- lateral tooth; M- one of the marginal teeth.(scale 0.005 mm) 104 ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis Protoconch (Figs. 26-27) blunt, sometimes variable in width (average 0.33 mm), with between 2 and 2 1/2 whorils. It begins with a circular nucleus (Figs. 26-27) which is crossed by several lines. The first whorl is rounded and it has a peripherical spiral cord. Above this cord small sigmoidal axial ribs appear. These ribs are present in the second whorl, where they are narrower and more frequent, and where they become tubercles. The teleoconch has about 8 whorls, each one with two rows of tubercles and slightly marked suture. A fine spiral rib begins below the upper row of tubercles between the fifth and the sixth whorls. In the last whorl, two other non-tuberculated cords appear near the base, abapically to the other ones. The anal tube is open in the suture, just before the aperture. Aperture is circular and very regular. The siphonal canal is short, closed, slightly curved towards the dorsum. The interior of the shell is totally white. The animal is unknown. Etymology The specific name refers at the totally white colour of the shell. Type locality Cienfuegos, in south Cuba. Discussion The paucispiral protoconch distinguishes this species from those also white with planctotrophic development, like Cosmotriphora melanura (C. B. Adams, 1850). Other Caribbean species with paucispiral protoconch (7. peetersae Moolenbeek & Faber, 1989 and T7. calva Faber & Moolenbeek, 1991) have a different dark colour. À similar species having a paucispiral pro- toconch is Z. carmelae n. Sp., but this species has brown colour in the lower row of tubercles in last whorls. The profiles of both species are also different, Z. carmelae being more rectilin- ear. Their protoconchs have consistent small APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 differences only detectable using SEM: tiny Spiral lines in Z. carmelae and axial sculpture in Z. immaculata. The fragments of both spe- cies show that the color of their interior is also different: white in Z. inmaculata and brown in 1. carmelae. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are indebted to Marfa de los Angeles Rodriguez Cobos of the Câtedra de Anatomfa of the Facultad de Medicina of Santiago de Compostela for the scanning electron microg- raphies. To Walter E. Sage of the American Museum of Natural History, New York for his help with literature. REFERENCES ABBOTT, R. T. 1974. American seashells. (2nd. Ed.). Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. New York. 663 pp., 24 pls. BANDEL, K. 1984. The radulae of Carib- bean and other Mesogastropoda and Neogas- tropoda. Zoologische Verhanderlingen, 214: 188 pp, 22 pls. CLENCH, W. J. & R.D. Turner, 1950. The Western Atlantic marine mollusks described by C. B. Adams. Ocasional Papers on Mol- lusks, 1 (15): 233-403. DE JONG & COOMANS, 1988. Marine gas- tropods from Curaçao, Aruba and Bonaire. E. J. Brill. Leiden. 261 pp, 47 pls. HINDS, R. B. 1843. Description of new shells from the collection of Captain Becher. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., 1 (11): 16-21 HOLTEN, H. S. 1802. Enumeratio System- atica Conchiliorum beat. J. H. Chemnitzii. London. Linnean Society. 88 pp. JOUSSEAUME, F. 1884. Monographie des Triforidae. Bulletin de la Société Malacolo- gique de France, 1 (3): 218-270. 105 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 KOSUGE, S. 1966. The family Triphoridae and its systematic position. Malacologia, 4 (2): 297-324. LASERON, C. F. 1958. The family Triphori- dae (Mollusca) from Northern Australia; also Triphoridae from Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 9 (4): 569-658. LEAL, J. H. 1991. Marine prosobranch gastropods from oceanic islands off Brazil. Universal Book Services. Oegstgeest. 419 pp. MARSHALL, B. A. 1983. A revision of the recent Triphoridae of Southern Australia. Re- 106 Triphoridae in Cuba 2. Genus /niforis ROLÀN and FERNÂNDEZ-GARCÉS cords of the Australian Museum, Supp. 2: 1- 119. ODE, H. 1989. Distribution and records of the marine Mollusca in the Northwest Gulf of Mexico. Texas Conchologist, 25 (3-4): 104- 120. ROLAN, E. & R. FERNANDEZ-GARCÉS, (in press). La familia Triphoridae en Cuba 1. El género Metaxia Monterosato, 1884. Boll. Malacologico. WARMKE, G. L. & KR. T. ABBOTT, 1961. Caribbean seashells. Livingston Publishing Co. Wynnewood, Pennsylvania. 348 pp., 43 pis. L. BOZZETTI Haustellun franchii APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Description of a new species of the genus Haustellum Schumacher,1817 (Gastropoda: Muricidae) from the Western Indian Ocean. L.BOZZETTI V. Devoto, 3 - 20133 Milano - ITALY KEY WORDS: Gastropoda, Muricidae, Haustellum , franchii n.sp., Somalia. ABSTRACT: An undescribed species belonging to the genus Haustellum has been found in deep water off the most northeastern point of Africa; a comparison is made with the closest species included in the "group" of Haustellum s.s. INTRODUCTION. The genus Haustellum shows a close relationship with Murex s.s. Linné,. 1758, and in the PONDER & VOKES (1988) revision of the Indo-West Pacific species of the two genera, the authors ascribed to Haustellum certain species previously included by other taxonomists ( e.g. RADWIN & D' ATTILIO, 1976; FAIR, 1976) in the genus Murex ss. The main difference between the two taxa has been found in the reproductive system : the species of Haustellum show a non-muscular ejaculatory duct, whereas the species of Murex have a muscular one (PONDER & VOKES,1988:10, 17). As well the shell body presents some differences, the lack of labral tooth and the spineless (or almost spineless) varices are typical for the genus Haustellum (PONDER & VOKES, 1988 : 7, 14, 17). Nevertheless, Haustellum sensu Ponder & Vokes can be easily divided, according to several shell characters, in two distinctive groups: a first one including low spired species with globose and spineless body whorl, very developed inductura, long and smooth, or nearly so, siphonal canal, and a second group including the species moved by PONDER & VOKES (1988) from Murex Ss.s. to Haustellum. HOUART (1990 : 331), making this division, denominates the first group Haustellum S.s. and the second Haustellum s.1.; it would be appropriate, if confirmed by further studies, to give them an official taxonomic status. Haustellum franchii n. sp. Description Shell moderate in size for the genus, club- shaped, low-spired, protoconch paucispiral of one and one half to two smooth, bulbous whorls, terminating in a straight, marked varix and followed by six convex, rounded postnuclear whorls. Suture impressed and weakly undulate, three rather strong, rounded varices per whorl, noticeable from third teleoconch whorl onwards, excavated behind, spineless on body whorl, with a small spine- like tubercle on shoulder of spire whorls. Four or five axial costae in each intervarical space, weak axial ribs discontinuously distributed between them, four spiral cords per whorl on first two teleoconch whorls, afterwards minor cordiets appearing, alternating with principal ones, for a total of 26/30 on body whorl; spiral continuing on higher half of siphonal canal. Primary cords, crossing axial costae, generate prominent and rounded tubercles, stronger on shoulder edge. Aperture obliquely ovate, anal notch broadly open and shallow, labrum protruding, sharply edged and weakly crenulate, with a small hollow prickle at posterior end just following apertural varix. Inner side of outer lip with 13-15 lirations, 107 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 columellar lip adherent posteriorly and detatched anteriorly, forming an highly developed inductura, outside sculptured with swollen ribs, smooth inside. Siphonal canal straight, moderately long, just less than half of total shell length, narrowly open and communicating with stomatic aperture trough a sinuous slit, one small spine present near base of body whorl, surface nodose. Ground colour cream with dark brown and reddish-brown spiral lines, from fourth teleoconch whorl onwards, and topping primary cords; first line on shoulder edge, a second one, noticeable on penultimate whorl, just over suture; on body whorl : one on shoulder edge, two adjacent just under midbody line and one on basal zone; pattern continuing On spiral sculpture of siphonal canal. Aperture withish, inner lip edge inside reddish coloured; brownish bands on siphonal canal regularly distributed. Comparison H. franchii falls under the Haustellum S.s. group, few species and subspecies belonging to this group are present in the western side of the Indian ocean, namely : Æ. haustellum haustellum (Linné,, 1758) with a wide Indo- Pacific distribution, H. haustellum longicaudum (Baker, 1891) probably limited to the Horn of Africa area, including southern part of the Red Sea, H. fallax (Smith, 1901) from Natal to Mozambique. The new species differs from the first two above mentioned because of its lower spire, more rounded whorls profile, lighter colouration lacking blotches; H. fallax has à similar low spired shells, but with a more angled shoulder, heavier and broader varices and axial ribs, darker ground colour and different pattern, moreover the spine on the Figures 1-8 (opposite) Haustellun franchii L. BOZZETTI siphonal canal, sometime present also in H. haustellum, is much more developed and in more anterior position than FH. franchii one. Two other taxa included in the Haustellum s.s. group : H. kurodai (Shikama, 1964) and H. vicdani Kosuge, 1980, from Japan and the Philippines, have been synonymized by PONDER & VOKES (1988) with A. haustellum. A rare species from south west Australia, H. wilsoni D'Attilio & Old, 1971 has a certain likeness in shape with the new species, but differs in its pustulose sculpture, more rounded shoulder, deep channelled suture and ground colours. HOUART (1990 : 333, figs. 14-16, 32) mentions à probably undescribed species of Haustellum found in Tanzania and Madagascar waters, but it has very different features (in shape, colour and sculpture) from H. franchii. H. hirasei (Hirase, 1915) has an almost identical colouration and pattern, but this taxon belongs to Haustellum S.1. group. Type Locality Trawled by shrimp boats at 200-250m depth off Ras Hafun, northeastern Somalia. Type Material Three specimens studied holotype, 59.80mm, IRSBN, Bruxelles, no. 27962/459; paratype 1, 66.85mm, F.Franchi Col. Piacenza; paratype 2, 30.30mm,R. Houart Col., Ezemaal. Etymology I dedicate this species to Dr. Fabrizio Franchi from Piacenza, a keen conchologist and a great friend. 1. H. franchii, holotype, 59.8mm. 2. H. franchii, paratype 1, 66.85mm. 3. H. haustellum haustellum, 120mm, Mactan Isl., Philippines; 4. H. vicdani, 130mm, Bohol Isl., Philippines; 5. H. kurodai, 120mm, Siasi Isl., Sulu Sea, Philippines; 6. H. hirasei, 63mm, Tosa Bay, Japan; 7. H. wilsoni, 72.5mm, Freemantle, W. Australia; 8. H. fallax, 79.5mm, off Durban, S. Africa. 108 L. BOZZETTI Haustellun franchii APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. I would like to thank the Società Italiana di Malacologia, Milan department for making their library and instruments available, Mr. Aldo Bianchi from Milan for taking the pictures of the Holotype, and Mr. Hassan Mohamed Jumale (Testa), from Mogadishu, an envaluable collaborator. REFERENCES. FAIR, R. H., 1976. The Murex Book, an illustrated catalogue of Recent Muricidae. (Muricinae, Muricopsinae, Ocenebrinae) Honolulu: 1-138. 110 Haustellun franchii L. BOZZETTI HOUART, R., 1990. New taxa and new re- cords of Indo-Pacific species of Murex and Haustellum (Gastropoda, Muricidae, Murici- nae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 4 Ss,r., 12, sect. À, no. 2 : 329-347. PONDER, W. F., & E. H. VOKES, 1988. A revision of the Indo-West Pacific Fossil and Recent species of Murex s.s. and Haustellum (Mollusca : Gastropoda : Muricidae). Rec Aust. Mus., Suppl. 8 : 1-160. RADWIN, G. E., & A. D' ATTILIO 1976. Murex shells of the world. An illustrated guide to the Muricidae. Stanford, 1-284. L. BOZZETTI Western Indian Ocean Metula APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Description of a new species of the genus Metula H. & A. Adams, 1853 (Gastropoda,Prosobranchia,Buccinidae) from the Western Indian Ocean. EBOZZEMNI V. Devoto, 3 - 20133 Milano - ITALY KEY WORDS: Gastropoda, Buccinidae, Pisaniinae, Metula, somalica, new species, Somalia. ABSTRACT. Since its origin the systematic arrangement of the genus Metula has been rather controversial; this problem has been settled only recently, by means of anatomical studies, but there are still some disagreements among taxonomists. An unknown buccinid belonging to this genus is here described and is given the name Metula somalica. INTRODUCTION. The taxonomy of the name Metula and other correlated genera has been clarified only lately, after an old controversy between Ponder and Cernohorsky. PONDER (1968, 1973) included these genera in the Colubrariidae, separating them from Buccinidae by anatomical differ- ences. CERNOHORSKY (1971) recognized some affinities between the radular apparatus of Ratifusus and /redalula and that of Buccini- dae, and Suggested their inclusion in the Pisaniinae subfamily. This theory has been followed by most taxonomists, BEU & MAXWELL (1987) also put the taxon Metula in the Pisaniinae. BOUCHET (1988) represents for the first time the radular structure of a Metula species, comparing it with that of Pisania striata (Gmelin, 1791); owing to the remark- able differences between them, he states that more work shall be necessary to establish the true relationship between the two genera, moreover he comes to the conclusion that the Atlantic buccinid genus Bartschia Rehder, 1943, on account of its similar characters, should be changed into a subgenus of Metula. REHDER (1943) described the genus Antemetula, With Buccinum metula Hinds, 1844 as type species, distinguishing it from Metula; CERNOHORSKY (1971) synonymized Antemetula With Acamptochetus Cossman, 1901,and a few years later KILBURN (1975) relegated both Acamptochetus and Antemetula, with its subgenus Colubrarina Kuroda & Habe, 1971, to the synonymy of Metula. In addition to these debates of ana- tomical and morphological nature, there has long been nomenclature confusion concerning the type-species Buccinum clathratum Adams & Reeve, 1850; this was originally described from South Africa, KNUDSEN (1956) figured it as a West-African species (Spanish Guinea), KILBURN (1975) redenominated it as M. knudseni, being the former taxon junior syno- nym Of B. clathratum Kiener, 1834; lately EMERSON (1986) settled this question by giv- ing the name M. clathrata to a West-American species, and M. clathrata sensu Knudsen (= M.knudseni Kilburn) has been confirmed as an undescribed species and named by Bouchet (1988) M. africana. Metula is typically a deep water genus,and a few new species have been trawled in the last few years along the East African coast of the Indian Ocean: M. boswellae Kiïlburn, 1975, M. crosnieri Bouchet, 1988, M. bozzettii Parth, 1989, M. angioyorum Parth, 1992, and M. 111 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 chetyzecchiae Bozzetti, 1992; KILBURN (1975) represented an unknown species trawled off Durban, which actually can be identified as a large, worn specimen of M. chetyzecchiae. Metula somalica n. sp. Description Shell solid, fusiform , spire high and sharp, upper part orthoconic, lower cyrtoconic, protoconch missing, teleoconch consisting of six convex whorls. Suture incised, aperture high, about half total length, narrow, al- mond-shaped, siphonal canal short, slightly bent to the left, anal sulcus deep. External lip thickened by a varix, with a sharp edge, in- ternal side smooth or weakly wrinkled. Parietal callus normally developed; sculpture finely beaded, consisting of dense spiral threads and weaker axial ribs. Spiral sculpture stronger on anterior end. About sixty spiral threads on the body whorl and siphonal canal, twenty-four on the penultimate whorl, twenty on the preceeding one; scupture of early whorls hardly visible due to erosion. Ground colour beige-cream, whitish at the top of the spire, with bands of large, axially oblong, reddish- brown blotches. Distribution of bands as follows : none on the early three whorls, one subsuturally positioned and one half-covered by the subsequent whorl in the fourth whorl, two in the penultimate whorl and three in the body whorl. Corresponding blotches of two close bands are often joined by finer flammules of the same colour. Lowest band on the body whorl half wide compared to the upper ones. In the siphonal area a darker band, continuous on dorsum side, interrupted on aperture side. Peristome whitish or yellowish, inside of the mouth cream-coloured. Discussion Metula somalica, superficially resembles a dwarf M. boswellae, being three times shorter, but comparison should be made with similar sized species of Indo - Pacific distribution; the new species, compared with its closest ally, M. daphnelloides Melvill & Standen, 1903, has a 112 Western Indian Ocean Metula L. BOZZETTI lower spire, a stronger outer lip, a deeper anal sulcus, more inflated whorls, siphonal canal narrower and shorter, a weaker parietal callus and a larger size. M. hindsii, H. & A. Adams, 1858, has a slender spire, a narrower mouth and less inflated whorls. M. metula (Hinds, 1844) has a slender spire and a stronger axial sculpture. Moreover, an important and distinctive character is the lack of teeth on the outer lip in M. somalica. Type locality AIl specimens have been trawled off Ras Hafun, Northeastern Somalia, on sandy bottoms at 200-250 metres depth. Type material Holotype, 28.2mm,IRSBN, Bruxelles,no. 27954/458; paratype 1, 249mm, Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, no. L236/T870; paratype 2, 25.8mm, authors coll, Milan;paratype 3, 244mm, authors coll; paratype 4, 26.8mm, Brink coll, Durban; paratype 5, 26.mm, Inst. of Mal., Tokyo, no. IMT-92-49; paratype 6, 23.3mm, author's coll. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank Dr. Richard N. Kilburn for reading the manuscript and Mr. Aldo Bianchi for taking the pictures. REFERENCES. BEU, A.G. and P.A. MAXWELL. 1987. A revision of the fossil and living gastropods related to Plesiotriton Fischer, 1884 (Family Cancellariidae, Subfamily Plesiotritoninae n. subfam.) with an appendix: genera of Buccinidae Pisaniinae related to Colubraria Schumacher, 1817. New Zealand Geological Survey Paleontological Bulletin 54:1-140. BOUCHET,P., 1988. Two New Species of Metula (Gastropoda: Buccinidae) with a De- scription of the Radula of the Genus. The Nautilus 102(4): 149-153. L. BOZZETTI CERNOHORSKY,W.0.,1971. Indo-Pacific Pisaniinae (Mollusca: Gastropoda) and related buccinid genera. Records of the Auckland Institute and Museum 8: 137-167. EMERSON,W.K., 1986. On the type species of Metula H. & A. Adams, 1853: Buccinum clathratum A. Adams & Reeve, 1850. The Nautilus 100(1): 27-30. KILBURN,R.N., 1975. Taxonomic notes on South African marine Mollusca (5): including description of new taxa of Rissoidae, Cerithiidae, Tonnidae, Cassididae, Buccinidae, Fasciolariidae, Turbinellidae, Turridae, Architectonicidae, Epitoniidae, Limidae and Thraciidae. Annals of the Natal Museum 22(2): 592-595, pl.10. Western Indian Ocean Metula APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 KNUDSEN,J.,1956. Marine prosobranchs of tropical West Africa (Stenoglossa). Atlantide Report 4: 7-110. PONDER,W., 1968. Anatomical notes on two species of the Colubrariidae. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, Zoology 10(24): 217-233. PONDER, W., 1973. The origin and evolution of the Neogastropoda. Malacologia 12(2): 295-338. REHDER, H.A., 1943. New marine mollusks from the Antillean region. Proceedings of U.S. National Museum 93(3161): 187-203. Metula somalica. Fig. 1 holotype, fig. 2 paratype 1, fig. 3 paratype 2, fig. 4 paratype 4, fig. 5 paratype 3, fig. 6 paratype 6, : pa L . ÿ ot no) part D'or; PCR e — J. M. LAUER Conus cacao Conus cacao Ferrario, 1983, taxonomical and systematic context (Mollusca : Prosobranchia : Conidae). José M. LAUER Rue du Hohlandsbourg, 16, F-68920 Wintzenheim, France. KEY-WORDS : Mollusca, Gastropoda, Conidae, Conus cacao, North-West Africa ABSTRACT : As part of a revision concerning the taxonomy and the systematics of the Conidae from North-Western Africa, the research reveals that the types of Conus franciscanus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 and Conus lamarckii Kiener, 1845 are within the natural range of variability of C. guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792, and thus are conspecific with this species. Another separate species, usually admitted by authors as being C. lamarckii (auctorum", non Kiener, 1845), and more often considered as a "variety" of C. mercator Linnaeus, 1758, remained without a valid name. RESUME : Dans le cadre d'une révision concernant la taxonomie et la systématique des Conidae du Nord-Ouest Africain, les recherches ont démontré que les types de Conus franciscanus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 et de Conus lamarckii Kiener, 1845, font partie de la variabilité naturelle de Conus guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792, et par conséquent sont conspécifiques avec cette espèce. Une autre espèce distincte, généralement identifiée par les auteurs comme Conus lamarckii (‘auctorum", non Kiener, 1845), et le plus souvent considérée comme une APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 "variété" de Conus mercator Linné, 1758, était restée sans nom valide. Conus cacao Ferrario, 1983 : p.146 + fig. Original Description "Often confused with C. lamarckii Kiener, a species which is related with C. mercator, this Conus on the contrary seems more allied with the mediterranean C. ventricosus, as indicates the two white bands inside the purple-brown aperture. Heïigh of more than 3 cm (2,4 and 3,5 in the figured specimens) it has a coloura- tion that varies between pale olive-green and chocolate-brown, with very fine axial lines, and 2-3 close reticulated bands. The shoulder is rounded ; the spire, strongly eroded, brown with white dashes, presents S fine grooves immediately below the suture between the whorls. The periostracum is velvet. Not very common, it lives in sand between the rocks of the littoral in some tens of meters depth, and is endemic from Senegal." The same description and picture were re- produced in 1988, in a further publication : "Il Grande Libro delle Conchiglie" by the same editor, p. 113. The figured shells must be con- sidered as syntypes. Type The largest specimen figured by Ferrario is here selected as lectotype of Conus cacao. LS APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Due to the courtesy of Mr Ferrario, it is today deposited at the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris. Its measurements are : 36.6 x 20.9 mm. (Fig. 1). The second figured specimen (paralectotype, 24 mm) is preserved in the collection of Mr Ferrario. Type Locality Senegal. According with the original label of the lectotype, this one was collected between rocks at tide line in the bay of the estuary of La Somone river, Senegal. Distribution The species is endemic from Senegal and Gambia, between Yenne (South of Dakar) and Banjul (Gambia). Some specimens were col- lected more southern, near Cap Skirring and Kafoutine. Material Examined 62 specimens were examined, 33 of which were measured, including the lectotype. Additional Description To the original description should be added some more characters : the spire is seemingly always eroded, so that the protoconch cannot be scrutinized. No larval shells were available. Consequently, counting the number of spire whorls was not easy. In a majority of shells (even when live or juvenile taken) only the 2 or 3 last spire whorls are intact. Thus, a precise valuation of the rate of the whorl expansion (WE) can be obtained only by mathematical ways (see morphometric measures and ratios). Variability The variability of the species concerns es- sentially the colour pattern, the colouration of the inside of the aperture, and the height of the spire (see tables). The background of the shell is olive-green, and totally covered with a net- work of very fine and close more or less Straight undulating brown axial lines. Between this network, there are generally three bands, articulated with small lanceolate white dots. These bands are localized directly around the 116 Conus cacao J. M. LAUER shoulder, on the first third of the body whorl, and a little lower than the median. Their width is variable, sometimes the bands are joined, sometimes the totality of the body whorl is covered with a net of lanceolate dots. In specimens with reduced patterns, subsists only a slight median band. (Fig. 3 c). The colour of the aperture is the result of the violet colouration of the intermediate strate of the ostracum (mesostracum), this colour being visible by translucence of the inner strate (hypostracum). The mesostracum is pure white in C. mercator. The violet colour in €. cacao, well seen towards the edge of the lip, becomes paler towards the inside, because of the pro- gressive thickening of the whitish hypostracum. This violet colour varies between dark violet and reddish-brown. Other characters are described in the morphological comparison table. Taxonomic And Systematic Context Before an examination of the validity of C. cacao Ferrario, it appears necessary to com- pare it with its congeneric species. There are two principal species and two colour forms (or ecotypes) which live in the same restricted area : C. guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792, C. mercator Linnaeus, 1758, C. franciscanus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792, and C. lamarckii Kiener, 1845. Conus guinaicus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792 : p.697-698. Hwass (in Bruguière) gave three latin diagnosis of three ‘“varieties” which he distinguished in C. guinaicus. Their proposed translations are : - Var. A : "Cone, shell conical rust-coloured, obsolete fasciae varying between whitish and brownish ; obtuse and maculated spire". - Var. B : "Shell rust-coloured, distinct and broader fasciae." - Var. C : "Shell with obsolete fasciae, ornamented with little pale bluish blotches." J. M. LAUER Only two of these three "varieties” were illustrated in the "Tableau Encyclopédique”, pl. 337, fig. 4 as Var. A, and fig. 6 as Var. C (KOHN, 1968 : 460). (Fig. 2 and 6). The analysis of Bruguière's subdescription allows to identify as Var. A the most common phenotype from Senegal, which presents two more or less distinct bands, punctate with paler to whatever, sometimes cardiform and slightly bluish dashes on a reddish-brown to chestnut background. The periphery of the shoulder is often punctate with identical, but smaller dashes. Its figure in "Tableau", PI. 337, Fig. 4 (our Fig. À) is interesting to com- pare with some specimens of C. cacao (Fig.3 b) and could explain some ancient confusions. However, the intermediate flame-shaped dashes on the body whorl clearly indicate that the specimen figured in "Tableau" belongs to the species C. guinaicus, Such flames being never seen in C. cacao. The Var. B ïis distinct, according to BRUGUIERE (1792 : 698), only by lengthening of these dashes ("more considerable breadth of the fascies") and the formation of axial undulating flamules between this pattern. The Var. C shows large distorded bluish- white dashes on a tawny to deep-brown back- ground, with the presence, slightly below the midbody, of a paler band, distinctly visible by translucence of the lip. This whitish band also is seen in other "varieties", but is somewhat obliterated by the complexity of the external colour pattern. Only the shell of the Var. C today is available in the Hwass Collection at M.H.N.G. in Geneva (n° 1106/87 - 55,5 x 25,5 mm) and was designated by KOHN (1968) as lectotype of C. guinaicus Hwass in B. (Fig. 5): Distribution BRUGUIERE adds that these "varieties" occur on the "African coasts, and principally on the coasts of Guinea, which explains their name". LAMARCK (1822 : 493) confirms the same origin. The name of "Guinea" was used during Conus cacao APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 the 18th century until to the second half of the 19th to designate the African coasts stretching from the Cap Vert peninsula (Senegal) to the actual Angola. The species today is known from Southern Mauretania to Sierra Leone and from the Canary Islands, where it seems rather rare. The affinities of C. guinaicus with C. aemulus Reeve, 1844 remain to be cleared up. Variability AI the authors who treated about C. guinaicus noticed the extreme variability of the species (Fig. 7). This variability, even within one and a same population, is consider- able and does not restrict to the three "varieties" described by Hwass and Bruguière. One can add several others, with as much intermediate variants, all these seeming only to be the result of the genetic variability of the species, unless today it is possible to impute them some determinant ecological causes. In this way, the forms shown on Fig. 7 come from the same ecological area which extends between Popenguine and M'Bour (Petite Côte, Sénégal). Note Although it was correctly identified by MARSH (1964) and by KAICHER (1977), C. guinaicus Was confused with C. ermineus by WALLS (1979 : p. 285 above right). Conus franscicanus Hwass in Gruguière, 1792 : p. 698-699. Type The specimen of the Hwass collection was selected by KOHN (1968) as lectotype of C. franciscanus Hwass in Bruguière. This speci- men is kept at the M.H.N.G., Geneva, with the n° 1106/74/1 - 55 x 30,5 mm (Fig. 10). Type Locality "Africa" without other precisions. 117 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Discussion The lectotype of C. franciscanus is a faded, certainly beach taken and formerly polished shell, so that its original colour pattern, which appears as axially close lineated and reduced, became blurred and hardly recognizable. AIl its Other characters oblige to recognize it as one of the multiple colour "varieties" of C. guinaicus : number of the spire whorls, char- acteristic median depression of the top of the two last spire whorls, texture of the body whorl, etc. RÔCKEL (1989 : 21-22) reached to the same conclusion. À single difference of colour patterns, in the context of the high natu- ral variability of C. guinaicus, cannot be retained on a specific level, and C. franciscanus is concluded to be a colour vari- ant. Remarks Kohn based C. ventricosus Gmelin, 1791 on one Of the two figures published by KAMMERER (1786, PI. 6 fig. 3) and selected this figure as lectotype of C. ventricosus (KOHN, 1966 : PI. 3, fig. 28). The second figure of KAMMERER (1786, PI. 6, fig. 4) was also cited by Gmelin for his C. ventricosus, aS Well as by Hwass for his C. franciscanus. For this reason, I presume, Kohn synonymized the two names. The controversy about the identity of C. ventricosus is for a long time. Some authors (BANDEL & WILS, 1977) pointed out the ab- sence of a type-locality, of an available type- shell and an inadequate original description. The poor figure in Kämmerer may be inter- preted as representing 4 or 5 diverse taxa : C. caracteristicus Fischer, C. zeylanicus Hwass, C. guinaicus Hwass, etc. These authors prefer using the name C. mediterraneus Hwass in Bruguière, 1792, proposed as a synonym by DAUTZENBERG (1920) and by KOHN (1968), but which presents the advan- tage to have à good and recognizable type figure, a well known type-locality and an original description that does not leave any doubt about the species concerned. 118 Conus cacao J. M. LAUER The generally admitted idea is that in the Mediterranean lives one and a sole species, if we except the rare ones which immigrate from the Red Sea via the Suez Channel (such as C. fumigatus) and eventually C. desidiosus Adams, whose identity remains to be cleared up. It seems more and more necessary to take an inventory of all the different Mediterranean populations to establish serious morphological, morphometric, ethological and anatomical comparisons and tO set up proteinic electrophoresis, as well as genetic and phylogenic researches. It could not be excluded that we would find two different species : a first one which reaches rarely up to 30 mm in height (C. mediterraneus), and a second one which may reach 65 to 70 mm (C. ventricosus). For the moment, I personally prefer using the name C. mediterraneus for Mediterranean populations, and C. ventricosus for Lusitanian and North-West African populations. Note Some collectors, as well as some authors, consider several colour variants of separate species as being the "true" C. franciscanus. Between these, one can find some phenotypes Of C. mediterraneus, C. adansonii Lamarck (= C. hybridus Kiener) or even of C. aemulus Reeve. All these species belong to the same subgenus : Lautoconus Monterosato, 1923. As we indicated above, C. franciscanus is considered as a peculiar colour variant of C. guinaicus With a reduced pattern. This phenotypical particularity, which concerns only the colour pattern, also arises in other allied species. The colours vary from tawny to dark or blackish brown, but each specimen of these "colour forms" retains its other specific characters and may be identified by these characters, and not by more or less variable colour peculiarities. J. M. LAUER Conus lamarckii Kiener, 1845 : p. 240. Genesis BRUGUIERE (1792 : 706, n° 98) described C. luzonicus for which Hwass had given two latin diagnosis whose proposed translations are : 1) - "Cone, whitish shell, dark-brown fasciae interrupted by lines which are punctated with milky coloured, like arrowheads formed spots ; spire convex and mucronate." 2) - "Cone, withish shell, stained with series of bands by ‘“arrowheadish" and nebulous tawny spots ; spire obtuse, aperture bluish." Only the first "variety" has been figured in the Tableau Encyclopédique (PI. 338, fig. 6) the figure of which was designated by KOHN (1968) as representative of the holotype of C. luzonicus. This taxon has been diversely interpreted by successive authors : KIENER (1845, PI. 83 fig. 3) seems to have only reproduced the figure of the Tableau, with some "ameliorations" and had considered it as a synonym of C. portoricanus Hwass in Bruguière (1792 : 714, n° 1107 ; Tableau PI. 338, fig. 4). Successively REEVE (1844), CROSSE (1858) and WEINKAUFF (1873) considered C. luzonicus as a nomen dubium. KOHN (1968 : 465) synonymised it with C. testudinarius Hwass in Bruguière (= C. ermineus) as well as C. portoricanus (1968 : 756), followed by VINK (1989, II : 7) who considered it as a juvenile and still granulose specimen of C. ermineus. Hwass's second “variety” has been reconsidered by LAMARCK (1822 : 497, n° 118 [b] as his own "variety[b]" of C. luzonicus a specimen of which he possessed in his own collection. KIENER (1845 : 240, PI. 83, fig. 4) seems to be the first one to distinguish this Conus, which he called "Cône de Lamarck" or C. lamarckii as a species separated from C. luzonicus. MERMOD (1947) states that the Conus cacao APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 shell figured by Kiener, and which is kept in the M.H.N.G. in Geneva (N° 1105/87), holotype of C. lamarckii, is also the type of Lamarck's C. luzonicus "var. [b] (Fig. 8). Thus the synonymy between both taxa is objective. Kiener's diagnosis (translated from latin) is: "Cone, turbinate shell, thick, swollen towards the upper part, tawny with two fasciae, whitish reticulated dots, spire rounded, obtuse and mucronate with a decurrent excavation, white dashed." Some precisions are brought in the description : "the spire counts six whorls which are marked below the suture with a superficial decurrent groove, and the spire, of a deeper colouration, is marked with brown and white blotches". Kiener adds : "nice species which was confused by Lamarck with the Conus luzonicus, and constituting his variety b. But it is enough to glance over the figures which represent both species to ascertain the differences of their forms or of their colouration." À superficial examination is sufficient to be convinced that the holotype of C. lamarckii also belongs to the variability of C. guinaicus, and has very little to do with the Conus usually called lamarckii (auctorum = C. cacao Ferrario) in the literature or even in Museums. A second and more careful examination and a comparison with series of C. guinaicus constrain to identify it as à variant of this species which could be placed at halfway between the phenotype "var.b" of Hwass and the phenotype C. franciscanus. Also here the morphological differences are only restricted to the colour pattern of the shell, and its morphometric parameters (see tables) fall in the range of those of C. guinaicus. À similar shell was figured by WALLS (1979 : 648, above left) with the erroneous label "C. taslei", which is another species. A shell with a similar pattern is shown in our Figs. 7 a and 9. 119 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 From these conclusions ensues that C. lamarckii auctorum (non Kiener) remained during a long time without a valid name before Ferrario described it as Conus cacao. COMPARISONS: The morphological and morphometric differences between C. cacao and C. guinaicus are easy to establish. For a long time, it was also considered as a "variety" of C. mercator (KAICHER, 1977, IT, Card 1250 ; CLOVER, 1978 : 18 ; WALLS, 1979 : 453 below right (?) ; KORN, 1988 : 25, etc...). Some other authors held it as a separate species but with the name "C. lamarckii". PIN (1989) established the differences between all these Senegalese Conus on basis of their "anal channel", which is strongly tinged with violet in C. cacao and pure white in C. mercator. (See fig. B). The Comparison Tables and Graphs will convince better than long sentences. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION (See Fig. A). : C. guinaicus is commonly distributed along the West-African coasts, from Mauritania to Sierra Leone. It also lives in the Canary Islands. The normal distribution range of C. cacao is restricted along the "Petite Côte", the part of the Senegalese coast between Yenne (northern) and Banjul (southern, Gambia). Some specimens were collected more southern, in Casamance, near Djembering and Kabrousse, which appears the extreme limit of the distribution range of C. cacao. The range of C. mercator runs around the Cap Vert peninsula, from Yoff (northern) to Bel Air (southern), including Gorée Island. C. mercator and C. cacao live allopatric. The first one habits in sandy bottom under rock falls, whereas the second is always associated with algae substrates. 120 Conus cacao J. M. LAUER CONCLUSIONS: There are 17 morphological characters which distinct €. cacao from C. guinaicus, and 13 other ones which distinct it from C. mercator. Their morphometric parameters also confirm these differences, as shown in our table. Consequently, C. cacao is to be considered as a valid species. C. franciscanus Hwass, as well as C. lamarckii Kiener should be considered only as colour variants of the species C. guinaicus Hwass. REFERENCES: BANDEL, K. & E. WILS, 1977. On Conus mediterraneus and Conus guinaicus. Basteria, 41 : 33-45. BRUGUIERE, J.G., 1792. "CONE" in Encyclopédie Méthodique.. Histoire Naturelle des Vers, 1 : 586-757. CLOVER, P.W., 1978. I Coni dell'Africa Occidentale. La Conchiglia, 110-111 : 12-20. CROSSE, H., 1858. Observations sur le genre Cône et description de trois espèces nouvelles, avec un catalogue alphabétique des Cônes actuellement connus. Revue Mag. Zool., série 2, 10 : 113-127, 199-209. DAUTZENBERG, Ps 1920. Cas tératologiques chez quelques gastéropodes. Journ. Conchyl., Paris, 65 : 332-334. FERRARIO, M. in ANGELETTI, S. & M. FERRARIO, 1983. La Piu Grande Enciclopedia delle Conchiglie di Tutto il Mondo. Peruzzo Edit. : 146. GMELN, JÆ., 1791. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, 13th edit., 1 (6). KAICHER, S.D., 1977. Card Catalogue of World-Wide Shells, Conidae III : card 1238. J. M. LAUER KAMMERER, C.L., 1786. Die Conchylien im Kabinette des Erbprinz von Schwarzburg- Rudolstadt. Leipzig. KIENER, L.C., 1845. Species général et Iconographie des Coquilles Vivantes. Paris, Vol. 2, Conus : 1-368. KOHN, A.J., 1966. Type specimens and identity of the described species of Conus, I : The species described by Gmelin and Blumenbach in 1791. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Zooi.), 46, n0 308 : 73-102. KOHN, A.J., 1968. Type specimens and identity of the described species of Conus, IV : The species described by Hwass, Bruguière and Olivi in 1792. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), 47, n° 313 : 431-503. KORN, W., 1988. Conus mercator L., 1758, An Endemic Species from Senegal. La Conchiglia, 226-227 : 25-27. LAMARCK, J.P.B.A. de MONET de, 1822. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres, 7. Paris, Conus : 440-530. LINNAEUS, C. , 1758. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, 10th edit., 1. Stockholm. MERMOD, G., 1947. Catalogue des types et des exemplaires de Cônes, figurés ou décrits par Hwass, Bruguière, Lamarck, de Lessert, Conus cacao APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Kiener et Chenu se trouvant au Museum de Genève. Revue Suissse de Zoologie, 54 : 155- DAT: PIN, M., 1989. Etude des canaux anaux des Conidae du Sénégal et leur importance dans la détermination des espèces. Publ. Ocas. Soc. Port. Malac., 14 : 49-78 + Tables. REEVE, L.A., 1843-1846. Conchologia Iconica or Illustrations of the Shells of Molluscous Animals. London, Vol. 1. RÔCKEL, D., 1981. Conus mediterraneus or Conus ventricosus ?. La Conchiglia, 144-145 : 18-19. RÔCKEL, D., 1989. Brown Cones from the Mediterranean and West Africa. La Conchiglia, 238-241 : 21-22. VINK, D.L.N., 1984. The Conidae of the Western Atlantic, II. La Conchiglia, 188-189 : 4-7. WALLS, J.G., 1979. Cone Shells, À synopsis of the living Conidae. Neptune City, T.F.H. Public. 1-1011. WEINKAUFF, H.C., 1873-1875. Die Gattung Conus in Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz, neue Folge, 4 : 1- 413. Nuremberg. 121 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Conus cacao J. M. LAUER En 4 2 7 UE Fig.1 - Conus cacao - lectotype, M.N.H.N. Paris - 36.5 x 20.9 mm. dorsal and apertural views (Phot.Lauer) Fig.2 - Conus guinaicus var.A.,in"Tableau",PI.337,Fig.4. (to compare with Fig.3b) Fig.3 - Conus cacao - Variability - Petite côte, Senegal - a)32 mm - b)36.3 mm - c)33 mm.(Phot.& coll. Lauer) Fig.4 - Conus mercator - N'Gor, Sénégal - a)41.8 mm - b)46 mm.(Phot.& coll. Lauer) 122 J. M. LAUER Conus cacao APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Fig.5 - Conus guinaicus - lectotype M.H.N.Genova. - 55.5 x 25.5 mm. (Phot.Dajoz, M.H.N.G.) Fig.6 - Conus guinaicus var.C,in "Tableau",PI. 337, Fig.6 Fig.7 - Conus guinaicus - Variability - Popenguine, Senegal - a)47 mm b)44.1 mm - c)M'Bour, Sénégal:43.4 mm. (Phot.& coll. Lauer) Fig.8 - Conus lamarckii - holotype M.H.N.Genova. - 39.5 x 19.7 mm (Phot.Dajoz, M.H.N.G.) Fig.9 - Conus guinaicus f.lamarckii - "homeotype"(*) Petite Côte, Senegal, 44.7 mm.(Phot.& coll.Lauer) * The term "homeotype is here used to indicate a specimen which closely matches with de type of the species. APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Conus cacao J. M. LAUER Fig.10 - Conus franciscanus - lectotype - M.H.N.Genova, 55 x 30.5 mm. (Phot.Dajoz) Fig.11 - Conus guinaicus f.franciscanus - homeotype(*) - Petite Côte, Senegal - 40.9 mm. (Phot.& coll.Lauer) Fig.12 - Conus franciscanus in "Tableau",P1.337,F.5. Fig.13 - Conus adansonii "f.franciscanus" - N'Gor, Senegal 40.5 mm.(Phot.& coll.Lauer) Fig.14 - Conus adansoni ".franciscanus" - N'Gor, Senegal 46 mm.(Phot.& coll.Lauer) Fig.15 - Conus aemulus "f.franciscanus" - Angola 33.5 mm.(Phot.& coll.Lauer) Fig.16 - Conus species aff.mercator - N'Gor, Senegal 32.3 mm.(Phot.& coll.Lauer) * The term "homeotype" is here used to indicate a specimen which closely matches with de type of the species. 124 APEX 8(3), juillet 1993 Conus cacao J. M. LAUER "SUOBSUMUIP HU) PURE SOUSUD JM HOUN JO UONeAUOE BUONS SSA 10 OUI 1} SODSE] QU) JO UIPIM A) SUIROUCO AjIQULEA AU I ‘Apoqpau au Mojeq ADS HUAIPILO AUS JafIPUS ‘PUON2S VY ‘[IOYM Apoq au Jo prd 1o0b}te ai JO Z/[ O1 €/I WIOJ S1DA09 (SIA PUR ‘LMOK] 204) d29p YA paurpno saysr UM 21[O9DUR] 9880019 À JO BIDSUJ aplM L Huopvd fens() [IX 2501) INU-)S9D JUAI 0) 21420-24110 IPIXV ‘pUnOIYoUQ NUM 21nq “UuIpou 2559 SUIDOUON JeURA au ANIPIM QIQUUUA JO | SiodS 25019 pue aa aejoaour] JO aulosvy 2214) :Woyed [ensf] ‘Sauf P?1 0) NS 250[ pue J AIDA JO Wojieg | PUNOYOEQ USIUNIE-DAIO IPIXV UmMO1q apres tnoq 2440 po] ‘suoned op Jo AN > 210 AU IVA V2) ‘28eq 2U} SPIFMO) PUE 1p[NOUS au M Jajqutus DMI)2Q SALIPA *SOUI, [RIXE 250[2 JO LOIR 'SOUO] US1U998 0) qsinjq apvd qui pos] 1J0 ‘PUNOISAOEG USM *SAHfINO UMO1Q JIM SAS DHUM 2)J00UR] JEUMOUIOS UJIM SHOUAM AUIMOIIO,L ‘punordyoeq DIM E UO Saysep -pai qu pajäuuds $ ‘papoio AI UMO1q ——— “ <9'p8 % SG IBAIIUT PIJUO, ) % TL ‘J90,) UONEUEA 6l'L UOLIETAQP'PUEIS 66 NV':IW tII UN UUIXEJA] L8 UNUUTUE JA] lb GE UT Ja0 or) [61 UOIIETADD PUEIS tTL NV:IN SIT WU XE JA] £+ UN UUTUT JA :J20,) UONELIBA A9pP'puE)S NV:IW UNI XUJA} UN UTTUT A] ‘J20,) UONEUEA UONETADP PULIS NV:IN UN UUIXE JA] UN UUTUL A 696 >0.05) (table 2). The range of egg diameters was 2.24 to 3.47 mm. Additional single egg clutches were collected at Catamarca and Rio Segundo, Argentina (January 1984, Cazzaniga col.); their mean egg diameters were 2.34 mm and 2.07 mm, respectively. The snails of the two laboratory cohorts entered their reproductive phase in month 25, and thereafter the number of newly born snails was recorded monthly. The relevant figures are given in table 3. In month 36 a new reproductive period started, indicating that this species 1s iteroparous under laboratory conditions. The mean number of eggs per female under these conditions was much lower than the mean clutch size in the field. The egg masses were small and most females did not spawn. In spite of the precautions taken to avoid crowding effects, interference among snails within the aquaria did occur. A mean viability of 86.44 % (s = 9.1164) was recorded for 45 egg clutches from field and laboratory populations (11,563 eggs). The number of viable offspring 1s not significantly correlated to the clutch size (r = -0.34: n = 25, p>0.05). Five of the isolated females laid more than one egg clutch, as recorded in table 4. Since no new matings were allowed, these results prove that the females can reserve active sperms for more than a month. One of the isolated females spawned 12 times within 41 days. The clutch size bore no correlation to the length of time spent in isolation (Spearman's correlation r$ = -0.21: p>0.05), nor did the number of offspring of isolated females bear any significant correlation to the size of the clutch (r = -0.25: n = 22, p>0.10). The size differences made apparent by a comparison of the eggs spawned by a same female (table 5) contribute to the intrapopulation variation already pointed out. The mean reproductive effort of the isolated females, without new copulation (table 6), was IEI = 0.3044 over a 41-day period. Considering a mean adult female, 40 mm long, and a mean egg of 8.47 mms, 1,920 eggs must APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993. be laid per reproductive season to reach the minimum IEI given by CALOW (1978) for a semelparous species (IEI = 1.23). Since a female can spawn up to ten times or more per summer (BACHMANN, 1960) and the mean number of eggs per clutch 1s 311.57 + 192.56 (mean + standard deviation, n = 67), it 1s highly probable that the actual value 1s near IEI = 2. In other words, this species appears to have a greater reproductive effort than other iteroparous gastropods and than many semelparous ones. The effort for a mean egg clutch is IEI = 0.1993. The egg volume/adult volume ratio is about 1:1,500 to 1:3,000, according to the great number of eggs laid per reproductive season. DISCUSSION The statement that egg size 1s a diagnostic feature distinguishing Pomacea canaliculata from P. insularum, as asserted by BACHMANN (1960), seems unrealistic from the analysis of the egg variability in this study. Egg sizes for populations within the supraspecies canaliculata (CAZZANIGA, 1987) widely overlap (table 7). The supposed differences among these sympatric species are indistinguishable from intrapopulation variability, which according to our results exceeds the interpopulation variation. These differences are recorded not only among the eggs laid by different females but also among different egg clutches of the same females. Similarly, SOUZA LOPES (1956) reared ?. canaliculata in the laboratory, and observed that snails hatched from eggs 2.8-3.0 mm in diameter laid eggs 3.0-3.5 mm in diameter one vear later. The viability value of the eggs spawned by Pomacea canaliculata in the present study 1s high, and is similar to the values obtained by MARTIN (1984) and SANTOS-CARVALHO et al. (1974) for this and other Neotropical ampullarids. BACHMANN (1960) stated that every egg clutch of P. canaliculata requires a new mating. CAZZANIGA and ESTEBENET (1984) cited the laboratory observation of one female 131 APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993 which spawned eight times during two weeks without any new contact with males. Our data from isolated females confirm that this species can repeatedly spawn without new copula, and can store sperm for more than a month. The total number of eggs laid after a single mating is greater than the mean single clutch size recorded for this and related species, leading us to the conclusion that repetitive spawning 1s a normal mechanism in the natural habitats of this species. There are reports on repetitive spawning in P. paludosa (Reeve) and Marisa cornuarietis (L.), both of which continue to lay egg masses for more than a month (DEMIAN and IBRAHIM, 1971: HURDLE, 1973). The bursa copulatrix 1s the site where sperm is stored (ANDREWS, 1964). It is worth noting that no significant correlation exists between viability and clutch size for either field or isolated laboratory females. This is in agreement with some raw data presented by MARTIN (1984), from which we calculated a correlation coefficient r = 0.39 (n=22, p>0.05), and would be considered as a common characteristic of this species. As for the reproductive mode, two types of egg clutches are already known within the genus Pomacea. The most common are aerial clutches of numerous small eggs, attached to emergent plants and other objects (SNYDER and SNYDER. 1971), similar to Pila ampullacea (L.) and Pila scutata (Mousson, 1848) (BENTHEM JUTTING, 1956) and other species. The second mode 1s that of Pomacea urceus (Müller, 1774), which lives in temporary water bodies in northern South America. It lays relatively few giant eggs, which are brooded in an incubation chamber between the mother's operculum and the dry mud (BURKY. 1974: LUM KONG and KENNY, 1989). Several species of Pila also aestivate to pass the dry season, but there are no detailed references about their reproductive modes (ARKELL, 1924: NONO and MANE. 1931; MEENAKSHI, 1964: VISSER, 1965: 132 Reproductive strategy of Pomacea ESTEBENET & CAZZANIGA COLES, 1968). AI of them are among the largest freshwater snails in the world. A third reproductive mode 1s known in the Ampullaridae, whereby the eggs are submerged, do not have a calcareous shell, and are embedded in a gelatinous mass (1.e. genera Marisa, Asolene, Lanistes) (MICHELSON, 1961: DEMIAN and IBRAHIM, 1971); but this mode does not occur in Pomacea. The eggs of Pomacea scalaris (d'Orbigny, 1835) are not of this type, as was asserted by HYLTON SCOTT (1957) and repeated by SNYDER and SNYDER (1971), but of the aerial type (BONETTO and EZCURRA de DRAGO, 1966). The reproductive strategy of P. urceus 1s iteroparity. On average, females lay clutches of 1255 eggs (102-169 eggs) at each reproductive season, which they protect (in an incubation chamber as described above) during the dry season in the Venezuelan savannah. Adults reach a length of up to 118 mm and the average egg diameter 1s 11.5 mm (6.7-15.5 mm). The brood born in January- February aestivates during 4 months within the mother's chamber and acquires the minimum reproductive size (85 mm long) in November- December, when the next dry season begins (BURKY, 1974). This species 1s iteroparous, having 2-3 breeding seasons during its life cycle (up to 3.5 vears). On the basis of existing data provided by BURKY (1974), the indirect reproductive effort (Calow's IEI) for an adult female P. urceus 1s IEI = 0.2273 to 0.4656, which falls within the range of values given by CALOW (1978) for iteroparous snails. Our results on P. canaliculata show an IEI = 0.30 after a single copulation, 1.e. the two species appear to spend equivalent amounts of energy on the eggs produced from one mating. However, the need for incubation during the dry season restricts P. urceus to a single brief annual period of egg laying, whereas P. canaliculata can continue to reproduce throughout the summer because of the permanency of the water bodies which 1t inhabits (ponds, rivers and swamps). Iteroparity 1s the expected strategy in permanent habitats, which are relatively stable ESTEBENET & CAZZANIGA in spite of seasonality (BROWN, 1979). In the temporary waters where P. urceus thrives, iteroparity can be maintained through several biological adaptations, 1.e. a drastic reduction of fecundity, the production of giant eggs, fast growth and early maturation. Both P. urceus and P. canaliculata have long life cycles (more than 3 vears), and are iteroparous in regions with hydric and thermal seasonality. BACHMANN (1960) stated that P. canaliculata reaches maturity when 2-3 vears old in northern Buenos Aires Province. Our cohorts also laid the first viable eggs at the age of two vears. In contrast, the closely related species P. haustrum (Reeve, 1856). from Brazil, matures 10 to 17 months after birth, depending on the locality and the breeding conditions (MILWARD de ANDRADE et al, 1978: GUIMARAES, 1981a, 1981b). The reproductive strategies of the gastropods can, however, vary in different conditions and ecosystems (BOAG and PEARLSTONE, 1979; CALOW, 1981: BROWN et al. 1985: GEBHARDT and RIBI 1987). Temperature appears to be one of the main factors affecting both the maturation process and the activity of these organisms. When reared at a constant temperature of 25°C, Pomacea canaliculata is semelparous and its life span is reduced to less than 14 months (ESTEBENET and CAZZANIGA, 1992). Whereas in field populations from the Province of Buenos Aires the activity and oviposition period runs only from October to March-April, and the snails hibernate buried in the wet bottom, in Brazil and Paraguay the pomaceas are active throughout the vear (HYLTON SCOTT, 1957: MILWARD de ANDRADE et al. 1978). Unfortunately, no statistics on the number of eggs per female or data on the degree of iteroparity are known for the Brazilian forms. The hypothesis that ampullariids from tropical humid areas without marked seasonality have semelparous or quasi-iteroparous life cycles (CALOW, 1978) therefore remains to be tested. Reproductive strategy of Pomacea APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993. Acknowledgement This work was funded by CONICET (Consejy Nacional de Investigaciones Cientificas y Técnicas), Argentina: PI.D. # 3915503. BIBLIOGRAPHY ANDREWS, E.B. 1964. The functional anatomy and histology of the reproductive system of some Pilid gastropod molluscs. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 36: 121-140. ARKELL, AJ. 1924. [Quotation on Ampullaria wernei]. Journal of Conchology,. 17: 154-155. BACHMANN, A. 1960. Apuntes para una hidrobiologia argentina. IL Ampullaria insularum Orb. y À. canaliculata Lam. (Moll. Prosobr. Ampullaridae). Observaciones biologicas y ecolôgicas. In: Congreso Sudamericano de Zoologia, 1, La Plata, 1959. Actas y Trabajos, 1: 19-26. La Plata. BENTHEM JUTTING, WSS. 1956. Systematic studies on the non marine mollusca of the Indo-Australian archipelago. V. Critical revision of the Javanese freshwater gastropods. 7reubia, 23: 259-477. BOAG, D.A. and P.S.M. PEARLSTONE 1979. On the hife cycle of Lymnaea stagnalis (Pulmonata: Gastropoda) in Southwestern Alberta. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 57: 353-362. BONETTO, A.A. and I EZCURRA de DRAGO 1966. Notas Physis, 26: 121-127. malacologicas. IV. BOYERMEP" MandeNt REY "1926: Acclimatation et ponte de l' Ampullaria australis d'Orbigny. Comptes Rendus de la Association française pour l'Advancement des Sciences, Lyon, 50: 406-408. BROWN, KM. 1979 The adaptive demography of four freshwater pulmonate snails. Evolution, 33: 417-432. BROWN, K.M., DR. DEVRIES and BK. LEATHERS 1985. Causes of life history variation in the freshwater snail Zymnaea elodes. Malacologia, 26: 191-200. APEX 8(4): 129-138. déc. 1993 BROWNE, R.A. and W.D. RUSSELL- HUNTER 1978. Reproductive effort in molluscs. Oecologia (Berlin), 37: 23-27. BURKY, AJ. 1974. Growth and biomass production of an amphibious snail, Pomacea urceus (Müller) from the Venezuelan savannah. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, 41: 127-143. CALOW, P. 1978. The evolution of life cycle strategies in freshwater gastropods. Malacologia, 17: 351-364. CALOW, P. 1981. Adaptational aspects of growth and reproduction in Lymnaea peregra (Gastropoda: Pulmonata) from exposed and sheltered aquatic habitats. Malacologia, 21: 5- 13. CAZZANIGA, NJ. 1987. Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck, 1801) en Catamarca (Argentina) v un comentario sobre Ampullaria catamarcensis Sowerby, 1874 (Gastropoda: Ampullarnudae). Zheringia, série Zoologia, 66: 43-68. CAZZANIGA, N.J. and AL. ESTEBENET 1984. Revision y notas sobre los häbitos alimentarios de los Ampullarndae (Gastropoda). Historia Natural, 4: 213-224, CAZZANIGA, N.J. and AL. ESTEBENET 1988. Effects of crowding on breeding Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullaridae). Comparative Physiology and Ecology, 13: 89-96. COLES, G.C. 1968. The termination of aestivation of the large freshwater snail Pia ovata (Ampullarndae). I. Changes in oxygen uptake. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 25: 517-522. DEMIAN, ES. and AM. IBRAHIM 1971. The egg mass, egg laving and mating behavior of the snail Marisa cornuarietis (L.). Bulletin of the Zoological Society of Egypt, 23: 1-12. D'ORBIGNY, AD. 1849 Voyage dans l'Amérique Méridionale. 5. Mollusques. Paris. ESTEBENET, AL. and N.J. CAZZANIGA 1992. Growth and demography of Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae) in laboratory conditions. Malacological Review. 2512; 134 Reproductive strategy of Pomacea ESTEBENET & CAZZANIGA FAUSTO FILHO, J. 1962. Notas sôbre a biologia do arua, Pomacea haustrum (Reeve) (Mollusca: Mesogastropoda). Boletim da Sociedade Cearaense de Agronomia, 3: 43- 48. GEBHARDT, M. and G. RIBI 1987. Reproductive effort and growth in the prosobranch snail Viviparus ater. Oecologia (Berlin), 74: 209-214. GUIMARAES, CT. 198la Algumas observaçôes de laboratorio sôbre biologia e ecologia de Pomacea haustrum (Reeve, 1856). Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, 76: 33- 46. GUIMARAES, CT. 1981b. Algumas observaçôes de campo sôbre biologia e ecologia de Pomacea haustrum (Reeve, 1856). Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, 76: 343-351. HURDLE, MT. 1973. Life history studies and habitat requirements of the apple snail at Lake Woodruff National Wildlife Refuge. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fisheries Commission, 27: 215-224. HYLTON SCOTT, MI. 1934. Sobre el desarrollo embrionario de Ampullaria canaliculata. Revista del Museo de La Plata. 34: 373-385. HYLTON SCOTT, MI 1957. Estudio morfolôgico y taxonomico de los ampulläridos de la Repuüblica Argentina. Revista del Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales "Bernardino Rivadavia”, 3: 233-333. LUM KONG, A. and J.S. KENNY, 1989. The reproductive biology of the ampullarid snail Pomacea urceus (Müller). Journal of Molluscan Studies, 55: 53-65. MARTIN, S.M. 1984. Contribucion al conocimiento de la biologia de la familia Ampullarudae (Mollusca: Gastropoda) en el Rio de la Plata. Doctoral Dissertation # 431, Museo de La Plata, 149 pp. Universidad Nacional de La Plata, Argentina. MEENAKSHI, V.R. 1964. Aestivation in the Indian apple-snail Pila. I. Adaptation in natural and experimental conditions. ESTEBENET & CAZZANIGA Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 11: 379-386. MICHELSON, EH. 1961. On the generic limits in the family Pilidae (Prosobranchia: Mollusca). Breviora, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, 133: 1-10. MILWARD DE ANDRADE, R., O. Dos SANTOS CARVALHO and C.T. GUIMARAES 1978. Alguns dados bio-ecologicos de Pomacea haustrum (Reeve, 1856), predador- competidor de hospedeiros intermediarios de Schistosoma mansoni Sambon, 1907. Revista de Sade Publica, 12: 78-89. NONO, AM. and AM. MANE 1931. Biology of cohol (Ampullaria luzonica Reeve), a common Philippine freshwater snail. Philippine Agriculturist, 19: 675-695. RINGUELET, R.A., 1972. Ecologia y biocenologia del häbitat lagunar o lago de tercer orden de la region Neotropica templada (Pampasia sudoriental de la Argentina). Physis, 31: 55-75. Reproductive strategy of Pomacea APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993. SANTOS CARVALHO, O. DOS, R. MILWARD DE ANDRADE, A.R.C. ADRIANO and E. MANSUR NETO 1974. Effects of gamma radiation on eggs of Pomacea haustrum (Reeve. 1843) from the Pampulha lake, Belo Horizonte, MG (Prosobranchia: Pilidae). Revista Brasileira de Biologia, 34: 565-572. SOUZA LOPES, H. DE 1956. Sôbre Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck, 1822) (Mesogastropoda, Architaenioglossa, Mollusca). Revista Brasileira de Biologia, 16: 535-542. SNYDER, NFR and H.A. SNYDER 1971. Defences of the Florida apple-snail, Pomacea paludosa. Behaviour, 40: 175-215. VISSER, S.A. 1965. A study of the metabolism during aestivation of the amphibious snail Pila ovata. West African Journal of Biology and Applied Chemistry, &: 41-45. APEX 8(4) 129-138, déc. 1993. Reproductive strategy of Pomacea ESTEBENET & CAZZANIGA Table 1. Sites of collection of the Pomacea canaliculata eggs in Buenos Aires Province (Argentina). Locality of egg Date mean egg clutches diameter (mm TR PE ES (Montenegro) 34°55'S-57°57'W Feb. 1987 | 2.51 - 2.95 (La Plata citv) (La Plata city) (Buenos Aires city) Table 2. Nested analysis of variance of the egg sizes of Pomacea canaliculata from different localities. NS = p>0.05 #* = p<0.01 Table 3. Number of snails born from females of Pomacea canaliculata reared in laboratory. month/dav/vear (months) length (mm) per female 1987 31:833 34.930 01/04/88 37 03/06/88 16.775 1988 120.530 136 ESTEBENET & CAZZANIGA Reproductive strategy of Pomacea APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993. Number of egg clutches Egg Table 4. Egg clutches laid by isolated females of Pomacea canaliculata without new matings. number by clutch Total eggs (range) Viability ** 1119 554 475 92.84 387 5- 18.95-89.32 95-206 Days after isolation. Born snails/eggs (%). Table 5. Comparison of the diameter of the eggs laid by single females of Pomacea canaliculata. Specimen Clutches SS among SS within df considered clutches clutches 5 2 NS = p>0.05 * = p<0.05 ## = p 100 HYLTON SCoTT, 1934 - SouzA LopeEs, 1956 423.20 (92-790; n=22) MARTIN, 1984 - BACHMANN, 1960 311.57 (13-673; n=67) 2.40-3.26 2.24-3.47 | This paper 2.07 (Rio Segundo) 2.34 (Catamarca) Pomacea insularum = 2.5 mm BACHMANN, 1960 up to 3,500 (?) 2.5 mm BONETTO and EZCURRA de DRAGO, 1966 Pomacea haustrum 525 (n=8) 2.4 mm FAUSTO FILHO, 1962 235.7 (n=700) 3.0 mm GUIMARAES, 1981a,b 209.7 (74-785; n=100) 3.0 mm MILWARD de ANDRADE et al., 1978 138 B. DHARMA New Amphidromus from Sumatra APEX 8(4): 139-143, déc. 1993 Description of two new species of Amphidromus from Sumatra, Indonesia (Gastropoda:Pulmonata:Camaenidae) Bunjamin DHARMA JL Tawakal VI / 16, Jakarta - 11440, Indonesia KEY-WORDS: Camaenidae, Indonesia, Amphidromus n. sp. INTRODUCTION In 1986 and 1988, two tree snail species of Amphidromus s.s. were collected in Sumatra. The first species differs from other species of Amphidromus from Sumatra in having a vel- lowish-orange band at the apertural edge, and the second in having a purplish dark brown parietal wall. Both of them also are different from several other species of Amphidromus; a total of 5 species of Amphidromus 5.5. are now recorded in Sumatra island, the three other ones are À. (A.) inversus Müller, 1774: À. (A.) palaceus Mousson, 1848 and À. (A.) peversus Linné,1758 (VAN BENTHEM JUTTING, 1959). Abbreviations MZB - Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor, Indonesia ZMA - Zoëlogisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam, Netherlands SMF - Forschungsinstitut Frankfurt, Germany sin. - sinistral dex. - dextral Senckenberg, Amphidromus (Amphidromus) djajasasmitai n.sp. Figs 1,2,3,4. Material studied. Bengkunat 5° 37'S - 104° 18' E: holotype, MZB no.Gst.9462: 4 paratypes, MZB no.Gst.9463: 2 paratypes. ZMA Moll. no. 393.026; 2 paratypes, SMF no. 309926; 3 paratypes, author coll. Marang Ulu 5° 24" S - 104° 4' E: 3 paratypes, MZB no.Gst. 9464. Way Jambu, North of Marang 5° 22" S - 104° 2° E: 3 paratypes, MZB no. Gst.9465. Sumur Tujuh near Kota Agung 5° 28'S - 104° 29'E: 3 paratypes, MZB no. Gst. 9466. Type locality. Bengkunat, Lampung, Sumatra, Indonesia, 5°37' S - 104°18'E, on tree. Description. Shell relatively small, up to 42.2 mm, dextral or sinistral; ovate-conical. Rather thin and transparent, smooth, polished. Shell vellow, sulphur-vellow or greenish- vellow with narrow white subsutural band, becoming broader towards apex. Grey colour occasionally present below subsutural band on several earlier whorls. (One or more transparent vellow spiral lines may be present on last and penultimate whorls. Apex white,little obtuse, smooth and shining. Shell without varices, sculptured by fine radial striae and finer spiral striae. Whorls shghtly convex, increasing regularly in size; last whorl high, about three quarters of shell height. Aperture oblique, ovate, somewhat angular at its base, vellowish within. Yellowish-orange band at apertural edge and through outside. Peristome white, narrowly expanded, outer lip thickened, recurved. Parietal wall covered by thin translucent callus;usually thickened white at two ends, occasionally at margin. Columella vertical, rather thin and sharp. Umbilicus 139 APEX 8(4): 139-143, déc. 1993 closed, covered by thickened white, broadened and shightly twisted columellar side. Dimensions: see table 1 Distribution. Known only from some localities in Lampung Province, South of Sumatra. All material studied taken from relatively near sea level. Collected in the field, number of dextral and simistral specimens relatively balanced with little dominant of sinistral forms from Bengkunat. Habitat. Living on trees, at Way Jambu on coffee trees. Animal buff tawny, with purplish-grey or brownish-grey tentacles and head, foot fringe white. Remarks. Distinctive characters of Amphidromus djajasasmitai are: small for the subgenus, amphidromine, yellow shell without varices, recurved hip, closed umbilicus type, last whorl high with vellowish-orange band at apertural edge. Amphidromus alticola Fulton, 1896 may be confused with A.djajasasmitai, but A.alticola has a comparatively more thin shell: thin lip, not or very little reflected and no yellowish-orange band at its apertural edge. A.alticola lives in mountains of West Java, 1400-2000 m (VAN BENTHEM JUTTING, 1949-1950 ), and hasn't been recorded in Sumatra. À. djajasasmitai lives in Lampung Province, South of Sumatra. Amphidromus palaceus var. tener Martens, 1867 from West Java and À.peversus peversus Linné, 1758 from Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Bali, in some their satellite islands are quite similar to À. djajasasmitai. Generally, they are different in having a larger, white callus, and no yellowish-orange band at the apertural edge. À. palaceus var.tener has a perforate or closed umbilicus and stronger radial striae. À. peversus peversus 1s thicker than À. djajasasmitai, has no white subsutural band and usually has a white aperture, a varix on the last or penultimate whorl, a black- brown edge behind the peristome and adnate outer lip. 140 New Amphidromus from Sumatra B. DHARMA Etymology. The species is named in honour of Mr. Machfudz Djajasasmita, Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor, Indonesia. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) puspae n.Sp. Figs 7,8,9,10. Material studied. Rengas Ulu, Bangko: holotype, MZB no. Gst. 9467; 1 paratype, ZMA Moll. no. 393.027; 1 paratype, SMF no. 309927. Type locality. Rengas Ulu, Bangko, Jambi, Sumatra, Indonesia, on tree. Description. Shell moderately large, up to 59.4 mm; dextral or simistral; high- conical. Thick, little or not transparent,smooth and polished. Shell greenish-yellow or straw colour; later whorls ornated with irregular spaced radial brown and light brown lines reaching the suture. Apex yellow, smooth and shining; earlier whorls vellow, paler below;white subsutural zone on later whorls. Whorls slightly convex, increasing regularly in size. Fine radial striae and weak spiral striae. Aperture oblique, ovate, vellowish-white within. Parietal wall brown or purplish-brown, overlaid by darker marginal callus. Peristome white, thickened, expanded and little reflected. Columella vertical, dull brownish-purple externally around lower half of last whorl. Umbilicus closed or nearly closed. Dimensions: see table 2. Distribution. Known only from Rengas Ulu, Bangko, Jambi Province in Mid Sumatra. Habitat. Living on trees, holotype on rubber tree. B. DHARMA Remarks. Other large and high-conical Amphidromus that resemble Amphidromus puspae, are the yellow 4.javanicus Sowerby, 1841 from West Java, and A.inversus inversus Müller, 1774 from Malaya, Sumatra, some satellite islands are north of West Java. They are different in having a dull surface, and radial streaks or bars compared to the radial lines in Amphidromus puspae. À. javanicus has a white parietal callus and coarser radial striae. A.inversus inversus has a brown edged outer lip, a darker colour below the periphery, a light zone around the umbilicus and a dark brown parietal wall overlaid by a white marginal callus. With their purplish-black parietal wall À. janus Pfeiffer, 1854, from Mergui Islands (Burma) and A.artricallosus atricallosus Gould, 1843 from Burma, Thailand, Malaya (LAIDLAW & SOLEM, 1961) are rather close to À. puspae. Amphidromus janus 1s smaller, the colour pattern 1s spirally oriented, while À. atricallosus atricallosus has more convex whorls and usually has one or more dark varices. New Amphidromus from Sumatra APEX 8(4): 139-143, déc. 1993 Etymology. Named for my wife, Puspa. Acknowledgements My sincere thanks to Mr.Machfudz Djajasasmita and Mr. Roland Houart, for their suggestions, corrections and comments on the manuscript. REFERENCES LAIDLAW, FF. & A. SOLEM, 1961. The Land Snail Genus Amphidromus À Synoptic Catalogue. Fieldiana 41(4):505-677; Figs 15- 40. VAN BENTHEM JUTTING W.S.S. 1949- 1950. Critical Revision of the Javanese Pulmonate Land - shells of the Families Helicarionidae, Pleurodontidae, Fruticicolidae and Streptaxidae. Treubia 20 (3): 477-500; Figs 92-103. VAN BENTHEM JUTTING W.S.S. 1959. Catalogue of the non-marine Mollusca of Sumatra and of its satellite islands. Beaufortia 7, (83): 163 - 166. Table 1. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) djajasasmitai n.sp. Size variation in 21 specimens. (11 sin., 10 dex.) height (mm) 28.952 perch angle (°) 0.48 - 0.58 0.020 30.8-42.2 0.737 0.69 - 0.78 0.024 number of whorls DIE 2È IS 141 APEX 8(4): 139-143, déc. 1993 New Amphidromus from Sumatra B. DHARMA Table 2. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) puspae. Shell measurements. (MZB) (ZMA) SMF height (mm) breadth (mm) height of aperture (mm) height of last whorl (mm) 37.6 362 v/b 2.099 1.974 1.967 lw/h number of whorls perch angle (°) in se it Île pe “4 S 0 shape FIGURES (opposite) 1-4. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) djajasasmitai 1-2.Holotype (MZB), h = 36.8 mm. 3-4. Paratype (ZMA), h = 34.5 mm. 5-6. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) alticola Fulton, 1896 (author coll.), Pangalengan, West Java, h = 34.1 mm. 7-10. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) puspae 7-8. Holotype (MZB), h = 59.4 mm; 9-10. Paratype (SMF), h = 53.9 mm. 11. Yellow Amphidromus (Amphidromus) javanicus Sowerby, 1841 (author coll.), Malimping, West Java, h = 57.8 mm. 12. Amphidromus (Amphidromus) inversus inversus Müller, 1774 (author coll.), Kotabumi, Lampung, South of Sumatra, h = 60.3 mm. 142 B. DHARMA New Amphidromus from Sumatra APEX 8(4): 139-143, déc. 1993 143 HOUART New species of Haustellum APEX 8(4): 145-149, déc. 1993 Description of two new species of Haustellum Schumacher, 1817 (Gastropoda: Muricidae) from the Western Indian Ocean. Roland HOUART 3400 Landen (Ezemaal) Research Associate at the Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Muricidae, Haustellum, new species. ABSTRACT: Haustellum langleitae is described from Tanzania and Madagascar, and H. barbieri is described from Madagascar. The two species are compared with related taxa from the Indo-West Pacific. RESUME: Deux nouvelles espèces du genre Haustellum Schumacher, 1817 sont décrites. H. langleitae n.sp. provient de Tanzanie (région de Dar-es-Salaam) et de Madagascar, tandis que A. barbieri n.sp. est actuellement connu uniquement de la localité type, située à Madagascar. Les deux nouveaux taxa sont comparés à des espèces apparentées de l'Indo-Pacifique. Abbreviations IRSNB - Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles. MNHN - Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France. SYSTEMATICS Family Muricidae Rafinesque, 1815 Subfamily Muricinae Rafinesque, 1815 Genus Æaustellum Schumacher, 1817 Haustellum langleitae n.sp. Figs 5, 10-12 Type Material Sinda Island, Tanzania, 1980 (holotype IRSNB 28.008/462),; Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania, June 1982 (1 paratype MNHN; 1 paratype NM L1061/T999: 4 paratypes (including 2 juveniles) coll. R. Houart. Other Material Examined Sinda Island, Tanzania, 1980, 1 sp., coll. A. Langleit; Tanzania (no other data), 1982, 1 sp., coll. A. Langleit: Madagascar (no other data), 1 sp. coll. R. Houart; Madagascar, 1 sp. coll. F. Franchi. Description Shell heavy, medium sized for the genus, up to 94.10 mm in length at maturity (paratype R. Houart). Spire moderately high with 25 protoconch whorls and up to 8 shouldered, tuberculate teleoconch whorls with impressed suture. Protoconch smooth, weakly shouldered, high, terminal varix raised, weakly curved. First to third teleoconch whorls with 13 or 14 nodose axial ribs; fourth teleoconch whorl with nodose axial ribs and earliest varices; fifth to last teleoconch whorls with 3 varices, 3 axial tuberculate ribs between each pair of varices. Last teleoconch whorl with heavy rounded varices and occasionally with only 2 heavy axial ribs between them. No APEX 8(4): 145-149, déc. 1993 other axial sculpture. Spiral sculpture consisting of numerous, mostly low and indistinct, narrow threads, more strongly developed on nodes of the axial ribs. Aperture rounded with flaring, smooth, columellar lip; outer lip smooth, erect, weakly lirate within: anal notch weak. Siphonal canal long, straight, narrowly open, smooth. Shell grevish-brown with bluish-black or brown blotches on the spire, and on the siphonal canal. Aperture whitish with light vellow or pink traces on the columellar lip and on the lirations inside aperture. Figures 1-5. Protoconchs (scale bars 0.5 mm) New species of //austellum HOUART Remarks. Already illustrated and commented, by HOUART (1990: 333), H. langleitae differs from AH. haustellum in the more elongate, weaklv shouldered and non-carinate protoconch, in the spineless siphonal canal, the more numerous axial ribs on the first teleoconch whorl (10-12 on 2 first whorl and 12-14 on third in FH. haustellum), and in the higher and heavier varices on last teleoconch whorl. Other species such as H. longicaudus (Baker, 1891), H. fallax (Smith, 1891), FH. 1964), and A. vicdani kurodai (Shikama, 1. Haustellum haustellum (Linné, 1758), New Caledonia, MNHN. 2. Haustellum kurodai (Shikama, 1964), Philippine lds, coll. R. Houart. 3. Haustellum fallax (Smith, 1891), Mozambique, coll. R. Houart. 4. Haustellum longicaudus (Baker, 1891), Ethiopia, coll. R. Houart. 5. Haustellum langleitae n.sp., Madagascar, coll. R. Houart. 146 HOUART New species of Haustellum (Kosuge, 1980) all differ in protoconch characters (see Figs 1-4), thickness of varices, ornamentation of the siphonal canal and even if of lesser importance, in the shell colour. Of all above cited species four are present in the Western Indian Ocean: H. fallax, H. haustellum, H. longicaudus and H. langleitae. H. franchii Bozzetti, 1993 was named from off Somalia (BOZZETTI, 1993: 107). The remaining species, H. kurodaiï and H. vicdani, apparently have restricted geographical distributions, from the Philippine Islands to south of Japan. One species, 4. haustellum has a wide IndoWest Pacific distribution, certainly due to its planctotrophic larval development. Unlike to PONDER & VOKES (1988) I prefer to treat all of these taxa as separate species, primarily on the basis of protoconch (except for H. vicdani) and shell characters. Etymology Named after Annie LANGIEIT (Brussels) an enthusiastic shell collector, who first brought the species to my attention some years ago. Haustellum barbieri n sp. Figs 6, 7-9 Type Material Sainte-Marie (Nosy-Boraha), Madagascar, in fisher nets, 30-35 m (holotype MNEN: 1! paratype coll. R. Houart). Description Shell medium sized for the genus, up to 90.4 mm in length, heavy, tuberculate. Spire moderately high with 7 broad, shouldered teleoconch whorls. Protoconch unknown (broken). Suture impressed. First teleoconch whorl lightly eroded; second whorl with 20-22 low, rounded axial ridges; third whorl with rounded axial ridges and earlest varices: fourth to sixth teleoconch whorl with 3 rounded, tuberculate varices, 4 (occasionally 3) nodose, axial ridges between each pair of Figure 6. APEX 8(4): 145-149, déc. 1993 Haustellum barbieri n.sp., holotype, detail of surface sculpture (scale bar 1 mm). 147 APEX 8(4): 145-149, déc. 1993 varices. Last teleoconch whorl with 3 tuberculate varices and 4 axial ridges between them. Other axial sculpture consisting of very narrow, nodose, irregular, rounded threads. Spiral sculpture of last teleoconch whorl consisting of 8 cords, more strongly developed on axial ridges: 2 cords on shoulder; 4 higher cords on body; 2 lower and narrower cords abapically. Other spiral sculpture consisting of numerous, narrow, rounded threads. Aperture rounded with flaring, smooth, columellar lp; outer lip erect, smooth within, anal notch weak. Siphonal canal long, straight, narrowly open, ornamented with 5 high, rounded, spiral cords. Shell pinkish brown with darker blotches on spiral cords and lighter coloured axial threads. Aperture glossy white. Etymology. Named after Jean-Pierre BARBIER (Paris), who sent the specimens for study and kindly donated the type material. Remarks. Haustellum barbieri recalls H. tweedianus (Macpherson, 1962) from Queensland, Australia in the pinkish colour and wrinkled micro-sculpture. However, H. barbieri differs from the latter in having a spineless siphonal canal, rounded apertural varix, relatively smooth outer apertural lip, more nodose and more numerous axial ridges, and flaring, strongly erect columellar lip. Æ. barbieri differs from any other species of Haustellum in the particular colour and micro-sculpture, sculpture of siphonal canal and very nodose shell. Acknowledgements. I am particularly indebted to J.P. Barbier (Paris, France), F. Franchi (Piacenza, Italy) and A. Langleit (Brussels, Belgium) for the loan and gift of specimens. Thanks also to B.A. Marshall (Museum of New Zealand) and to E.H. Vokes (Tulane University) for their remarks on Haustellum langleitae. 148 New species of Æaustellum HOUART REFERENCES BOZZETTI, L., 1993. Description of a new species of Haustellum Schumacher, 1817 (Gastropoa: Muricidae) from the Western Indian Ocean. Apex 8 (3): 107-110. HOUART, R., 1990. New taxa and new records of Indo-Pacific species of Murex and Haustellum (Gastropoda, Muricidae, Muricinae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat., Paris, 4° sér., 12, sect À, n° 2: 329-347. PONDER, W.F. & E.H. VOKES, 1988. Revision of the Indo-West Pacific fossil and Recent species of Murex s.s. and Haustellum (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Muricidae). Rec. Australian Mus., suppl. 8: 1-160. Figures 7-12. (opposite) 7-9. Haustellum barbieri n.sp., holotype MNAN, Sainte Marie (Nosy-Boraha), Madagascar, 86 mm. 10-12. Haustellum langleitae n.sp., holotype IRSNB 28.008/462, Sinda Island, Tanzania, 73 mm. New species of Haustellum APEX 8(4): 145-149, déc. 1993 VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH Olividae XVII APEX 8(4): 151-158, déc. 1993. Studies on Olividae XVII. Data on depth of burrowing, motion and substrate choice of some Oliva species. C. VAN OSSELAER (*), J. BOUILLON (**) and B. TURSCH (*) * Laboratoire de Bio-Ecologie, Faculté des Sciences, ** Laboratoire de Zoologie, Faculté des Sciences, Université Libre de Bruxelles, 50 av. F.D. Roosevelt, B-1050 Brussels, Belgium. ABSTRACT. The depth of burrowing of several Oliva species has been measured. The influence of several parameters (size and colour of the shell, nature of substrate, day- night effect) on movement has been tested and discussed. Substrate choice experiments have been performed on adult Oliva of different species. RESUME. La profondeur d'enfouissement de plusieurs Oliva a été déterminée. L'influence de plusieurs paramètres (taille et couleur de la coquille, nature du substrat, effet jour-nuit) sur le mouvement a été testée et discutée. Des expériences de choix de substrat ont été effectuées sur des Oliva adultes de plusieurs espèces. KEY WORDS: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Oliva, behaviour, depth of burrowing, choice of substrate, motion. 1. PURPOSE The purpose of the present work was threefold: 1. We needed to establish the burrowing depth of Oliva, in order to optimize our sampling methods for a quantitative field investigation on the distribution of species. 2. "Substrate preferences" have been reported for some species by several field collectors (HEMMEN, 1981: WIDMER, 1981 and WITTIG-SKINNER, 1981) as well as GREIFENEDER (1981) and PETUCH & SARGENT (1986). We wanted to determine whether habitat specificity could be explained by an active choice of the substrate by adult Oliva. 3. Oliva are widely reported to be "particularly active at night" (see for instance ZEIGLER & PORRECA. 1969: PETUCH & SARGENT, 1986). Such information is not very informative about the nature of that activity and we wished to obtain comparative day and night data on a specific action, in this case mobility. 2. MATERIAL AND EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS AII experiments were carried out at King Leopold III Biological Station at Laing Island (4°10'30"" S, 144°52'47" E), in Hansa Bay, Papua New Guinea. White painted (epoxy) marine plywood aquaria, equipped with an open circulation of natural seawater flowing slowly from a storage tank, were placed under an open corrugated iron shelter shaded with curtains of fishing net. The light uniformity was checked with a luxmeter and the water Contribution n° 282, Station Biologique Léopold III, Laing Island, Papua New Guinea APEX 8(4): 151-158, déc. 1993 temperature was close to that in the bay. Specimens were individually tagged as in previous experiments in Brussels (see TURSCH, 1991) by numbering them with red nail varnish (Bourgeois, Pourpre). Oliva appear unaffected by this treatment and the tags lasted several weeks. Olives were fed once a week with meat morsels. AI specimens were acclimatized more than 4 days before observations. Two different sediments (one black, terrigeneous, fine sand of volcanic origin and one white, coarse coral sand, both typical of the two general classes of sediments found in Hansa Bay) were utilized for substrate effect experiments. For estimation of the burrowing depth we have utilized the common species ©. carneola Gmelin, 1791, ©. coerulea Rôding, 1798, O. longispira Bridgman, 1906, ©. reticulata Rôding, 1798 and ©. sericea Rôding, 1798 in order to examine species with very different SIZes. For experiments on night/day mobility we have utiized: ©. carneola (very largely represented on different types of substrate) and O. longispira (restricted to sandy beaches). As we wanted to see 1f activity varies with size within a given species ©. carneola of two size classes were utilised (small specimens from 9.3 mm to 11.2 mm and large ones from 14.3 mm to 18.9 mm). The same was done for ©. longispira (small specimens from 13.3 mm to 22.8 mm and large ones from 31.3 mm to 42.0 mm). It is to be noted that ©. longispira is represented in Hansa Bay by two populations: one lives on white sand and all specimens are white; the other lives on black sand and 75% of the specimens are black. Black and white specimens of this species were compared, in order to see 1f activity 1s correlated with shell colour. For experiments on substrate choice we have utilized: ©. carneola, O. coerulea and O. longispira. AI ©. carneola and ©. coerulea in these experiments were collected during March and April 1991 in the coarse white 152 Olividae XVII VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH coral sand from Laing Island lagoon and all ©. longispira in the black sand of Sisimangum beach, excepted for the large white specimens, collected on white sand at Boro Beach. 3. EXPERIMENTS ON THE BURROWING DEPTH OF OLIVA 3.1. Method Experiments were performed in daylight in small aquaria (26 cm x 14 cm x 13 cm). Both black and white substrates were tested. Preliminary experiments established that a 8 cm bottom layer of sand was sufficient. 2 to 5 specimens (depending on size) were placed on the substrate, in which they soon burried. When burried specimens were close enough to the glass plate of the aquarium, one could measure Without disturbance the distance separating their metapodium from the sand surface. After these observations and while the olives were still burried, we lowered the water level (to 2 or 3 cm under the surface) by tilting the aquarium without disturbing the sand layer, in order to very roughly simulate a receding tide. The reaction of each animal was then observed for more than 30 minutes. 3.2. Results Depth of burial was similar in both substrates but for most tested species was significantly deeper in white coarse sand. None of the species burried in the substrate by more than 5.5 cm. Observations in both sediments were thus grouped and are reported in Table 1. Lowering the water level does not seem to cause deeper burial but on the contrary appears to trigger a tendency to emergence. 4. EXPERIMENTS ON MOBILITY 4.1. Purpose. The experiments were designed to answer four questions, for each of which the null hypothesis (H,) is given hereunder. VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH Olividae XVII Question 1: Substrate effect. H,1: Motion is the same whatever the nature of the sediment where motion begins (comparison of substrate effect within each category of shell size and color). Question 2: Size effect. H,2: Motion is the same for small and large specimens. Question 3: Day/night effect. H,3: Motion 1is the same during the day and the night. Question 4: Color effect. H,4: Motion is the same whatever the colour of the specimens in the case of ©. longispira (presenting a colour polymorphism). These null hypotheses have been tested with the usual non-parametric % ?(2x2) tests. 4.2. Material and method. Aquarium: 50 cm x 345 cm. Water height: 25 cm. The bottom of the aquaria were divided in eight equal rectangular compartments separated by small plastic walls (22 mm height and 3.5 mm width). Sediments tested: black and white sand (see section 2). Each compartment was filled with a 2 cm layer (enough to allow specimens to bury) of substrate, in such a way as to divide the bottom of the aquarium into two halves, each being covered by one type of sediment. At the start of each experiment half of the specimens are placed in each type of substrate. Evey recorded passage of an animal from one compartment to another is considered a motion. For 8 days the location of the Oliva was recorded twice daily: once in the morning (6 - 7.00 a.m., to observe night activity) and once in the evening (18.00 pm, for day activity). Burried Oliva are hard to find and occasionally some specimen(s) (especially of small size) could not be located. All calculations are therefore made on the basis of the number of specimens for which motion could actually have been observed, this 1s the number of specimens located both before and after each time lapse (called "Z observations" in the tables). Non parametric Chi square tests were performed on the number of animals that moved and the number that did not. As we are APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993. dealing with small figures, we only consider the 0.01 significance level, for the sake of precaution. 4.3. Experiment on ©. longispira. 4.3.1. Experimental conditions. 12 small (see section 2) and 5 large (see section 2) specimens of each colour (black and white) were utilised. Water current resulted from two water flows: a weak one in the white sediment and another, somewhat stronger, between the two sediments. 4.3.2. Results. The results of this experiment are summarized in Table 2. One sees that: a. The nature of the substrate does not influence the motion of ©. longispira. For the following 4 tests, this result allows to group the counts for each category of animals, irrespective of the nature of the substrate in which motion originates. b. Motion varies with the size classes of the specimens. During the day small olives are active while large ones are totally motionless. No significant difference between the size classes 1s noted during the night. c. AII categories of olives are more mobile during the night than during the day. d. Motion 1s not related to the colour of the shell. 4.4. Experiment on ©. carneola. 4.4.1. Experimental conditions. 11 specimens of each size class (see section 2) were utilised. Water flow very low, parallel to the aquarium length. White sand upstream. 4.4.2. Results. The results of these experiments are summarized in Table 3. a. Here also, the nature of the substrate does not influence the motion of ©. carneola. For the following tests, this result allows to group the counts for each category of animals, irrespective of the nature of the substrate in which motion originates. b. Motion does not vary with the size classes of the specimens, contrary to the case of O. longispira. APEX 8(4): 151-158, déc. 1993 c. All categories of olives, here again, are more mobile during the night than during the day 5. EXPERIMENTS OF SUBSTRATE CHOICE 5.1. Material and method The bottom of the test aquarium 1s divided into two halves, each containing one of the two sediments to be tested. Sediments tested: black and white sand (see section 2). The sediments are contiguous, not separated by any physical obstacle, in order to allow the olives to effect their choice in a situation where they are in actual contact with both types of sediment. Half the O/iva sample is deposited in each type of sediment at the start of the experiment. Counts of presences (not motion !) in each sediment are effected every morning and evening. À specimen found on the borderline between sediments 1s counted as a 0.5 presence in each of the sediments. 5.2. Experiments on ©. carneola 5, 2 Experimental conditions. Aquarium: 50 cm x 34.5 cm. Water height: 25 cm. Thickness of sediment : 1.5 cm (enough to cover the specimens).16 specimens of each size class (see section 2) were utilised. Water flow perpendicular to border between sediments. The experiment is repeated after inverting the relative position of the two substrates, in order to account for a possible rheotaxis already evidenced in Oliva vidua (TURSCH, 1991). 5.2.2. Results. The results of these experiments are summarized in Table 4 (white sand upstream) and 5 (white sand downstream). There were no highly significant differences in the observed behaviour of the size classes (see VAN OSSELAER, 1992 for details). The 4 test being very sensitive to the size of the samples, only global figures are reported in the tables. Two cases are observed: either ©. carneola chooses the white substrate or its 154 Olividae XVII VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH choice is not significant. Even when significant, the overall choices (58.2% and 53,4%) are only marginal. 5.3. Experiment on ©. coerulea LM 0 Experimental conditions. Aquarium: 60 cm x 24 cm. Water height: 35 cm. Thickness of both sediments: 25 cm (enough to cover specimens). 10 specimens were utilised. Water flow parallel to border between sediments. Inversion of sediments 1s thus not necessary. 5.3.2. Results. The results of these experiments are summarized in Table 6. ©. coerulea has a highly significant preference for white sand but this choice is marginal (57.6 L). 5.4. Experiments on ©. longispira 5.4.1. Experimental conditions. Aquarium: 50 cm x 34.5 cm. Water height: 25 cm. Thickness of both sediments: 0.5 cm (not enough to completely cover specimens). 5 specimens (large size class, see section 2) of each colour (black and white) were utilised. Very low water flow not parallel to border between sediments. Repetition of the experiment with inversion of sediments was deemed necessary. 5.4.2. Results. The results of these two experiments being not significantly different (see VAN OSSELAER, 1992); the pooled results are presented in Table 7. The choice of black olives is always non significant. White olives have a highly significant overall choice for the black substrate (in which they are not concealed and which is not their substrate of origin !). Here again, the choice is only marginal (64%). On the total, the difference between the behaviour of black and white olives is confirmed by a highly significant A 2x2)test 6. CONCLUSIONS AND DISCUSSION Burrowing. The present results indicate that examination of the first 5-6 cm of VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH Olividae XVII substrate 1s sufficient for a reliable quantitative sampling of Oliva. This is in agreement With a large number of field observations and has a direct bearing on the planning of quadrat studies and in the design and utilisation of dredges. As reported above, most species bury deeper in white, coarse sand but the difference does not exceed 1.6 cm. Motion. The motions observed in these experiments are minimal estimates. Our figures do not account for the specimens possibly returning to the initial compartment after a motion, nor for their motion inside a given compartment. In addition, if the border effect previously demonstrated for Oliva vidua (TURSCH, 1991) is effective here, it would restrict the passage of borders. These considerations equally affect every single experiment but do not modify the validity of the conclusions: at this stage our purpose 1s not to quantify actual mobility but to compare mobility under various parameters (size, colour of the shell, nature of substrate, day and night). In the cases examined, motion was higher during the night than during the day and did not seem to vary with the nature of the substrate. For the colour polymorphic ©. longispira, it did not vary with the colour of the shell. At least in some cases (for example O. longispira during the day) activity can vary with the size of the shell. Choice of substrate. Substrate preferences (when they can be evidenced at all) can be highly significant but never overwhelming (a marginal majority of 61.1% of the specimens, at best). Many species of Oliva are restricted to a given type of substrate and the reasons for that specificity are still entirely unknown. The present results indicate it is unlikely that this restriction of habitat 1s caused by a choice of substrate by adult specimens. The possibility that sediment specificity could be explained by the occurence of a specific food in a given substrate 1s also APEX 8(4): 129-138, déc. 1993. unconvincing. Oliva are catholic carnivores and although they will occasionally specialize in a readily available food (FOTHERINGHAM, 1976) they are not fussy eaters. Oliva of several species have been easily maintained for years in our laboratory and did produce larvae on a variety of diets that are unusual for them. It is to be noted that when white specimens of O. longispira exhibited a (weak) preference for a black substrate, the choice was made at night. It is thus improbable that the choice of sediment was made on the basis of colour. Surface features and/or granulometry are more likely to intervene in the choice. Acknowledgements This work was supported by the F.RF.C. (grant n° 2.9008.90), the F.NRS., the Fonds Léopold III pour l'Exploration et la Conservation de la Nature and the Fonds Lefranc. The authors are grateful to Mr. Jean- Marc Ouin, manager of Lang Island Biological Station, for his constant and effective help. REFERENCES FOTHERINGHAM, N., 1976. The winter prey of Oliva sayana. The Veliger, 19(1): 77- 78. GREIFENEDER, D. 198l1a. What do we know about Olividae. Contributions to the study of Olividae. Acta Conchyliorum, 1: 1- 90. HEMMEN, JD. 1981. Olhvidae of Jaco (Costa Rica) and Aruba (Ned. Antilles). Acta Conchyliorum, 1: 128-130. PETUCH, E.J. and D.M. SARGENT, 1986. Atlas of the living Olive shells of the world. 253 pp., CERF editions, Charlottesville, VA. TURSCH, B., 1991. Studies on Olividae. XIIL. Behaviour of Oliva vidua in aquarium: preliminary observations. Apex, 6(1): 1-10. VAN OSSELAER, C., 1992. Contribution à l'étude écologique du genre Oliva (Mollusca, Gastropoda) à Hansa Bay (Papouasie- Nouvelle Guinée). Travail de fin d'Etudes, Université Libre de Bruxelles. 155 APEX 8(4): 151-158, déc. 1993 Olividae XVII VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH WIDMER, M. 1981. Olividae of Dar es ZEIGLER, R.F. and H.C. PORRECA, 1969. Salaam. Acta Conchyliorum, 1: 115-127. Olive shells of the world. 96 pp, Rochester WITTIG-SKINNER, R.. 1981. Olividae of Polychrome Press, Rochester, N.Y. Indonesia. Acta Conchyliorum, 1: 91-114. Table 1. Burrowing depth. EE LE om | Diameter depth level Min | Max | Mean (mm) (cm) | (cm) | (cm) 33 | 1 | 3 | 16 | move to surface (no emergence) | [_4 | 27 | move to surface (no emergence) | | no reaction LO. sericea | 25 [16 | 2.5 | 5.5 | 3.4 | emergence fall specimens | n: number of observations. Table 2. Motion of Oliva longispira. no EEE white | white | black | black | white | white | black | black LE observations | "34 |230 0)" 400/me25900)Mnc ee re RE EE LE motions" JP 0)" joe) en nMOen) RO CON ECS CE no motion 7 0/25) 220 | 5 4 5 | ES D 15.0: [18:80 /50:0/2| 0:00 0 Oo A Y 7 9) NS: non significant, *: significant (at the 0.05 level); **: highly significant (at the 0.01 level). VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH Olividae XVII APEX 8(4): 151-158, déc. 1993. Table 3. Motion of O. carneola. ve EE ET ENNEMI Ne PEtE ER TER NAT RTE Es H,l: 4° (x2 Ho2: 1: O2 CE UE ENS 27701 H,3: x ° (2x2) NS: non significant; *: significant (at the 0.05 level); **: highly significant (at the 0.01 level). Table 4. Substrate choice by ©. carneola (white sand uptream). __ Black Substrate | White Substrate | x? TN MESSE [Day & Night | 145 (41.8%) | 202(582%) | ** | NS: non significant, **: highly significant (at the 0.01 level). Table 5. Substrate choice by ©. carneola (white sand downstream). Night | 80.5(38.9%) | 126.5(611%) | ** | NS: non significant, **: highly significant (at the 0.01 level). Table 6. Substrate choice by ©. coerulea. __Black substrate | White substrate | 4° Night | 655@10% | 560% | * | Day & Night | 1225(424%). | 167.5(57.6%) | #* | NS: non significant, *: significant A the 0.05 = el); **: highly significant (at the 0.01 level). APEX 8(4) 151-158, déc. 1993. Olividae XVII VAN OSSELAER, BOUILLON, TURSCH Table 7. Substrate choice by ©. longispira. __ Black substrate | White substrate | x: | 4: (2x2) | white / Night | 53(662%) | 27(33.8%) | * pe Das NT NS: non significant, **: highly significant (at the 0.01 level). N LARGE CHOIX D'OUVRAGES ET DE PERIODIQUES DE MALACOLOGIE EN FRANCAIS, NEERLANDAIS. LI ANGLAIS ET ALLEMAND Liste sur demande. Vente par correspondance. Exposition permanente de coraux et de coquillages de collection. Librairie UNIVERS SOUS-MARIN KONINKLIJKE BAAN 90 B 8460 KOKSIJDE TEL. 058/51 28 21 HIGH QUALITY OF SPECIMEN SHELLS BRAZILIAN SEASHELLS AND LANDSHELLS. MAIL ORDER RETAIL. FREE LISTS. Donax Seashels Rua Ibiapaba, 89 apt. 202 Tamanneira CEP 52051 RECIFE - PE - BRASIL MAURICIO ANDRADE LIMA Tel. (081) 241-9862 77 ALGOA BAY | | EP e —- SPECIMEN SHELLS | pe) RES | . Specialists in S. African and Worldwide Shells . Many rarities offered - e.g. Cyp. barclayr. . Cyp. fultoni, Cyp. iutsur, Cyp. castanea etc . Buy - Sell - Trade - Write for free price-list . Quality Specimens and Rebable Service P.O. Box 804, Port Elizabeth 6000, South Africa Tel / Fax : (041) 334521 SPECIMEN SHELLS SALES *x BUY Æ SELLE *x TRADE + Worldwide Specimen Shells + Free Price List with Size & Grade e Satisfaction Guaranteed or Money Refunded + Dedicated to Service, Integrity and Reliability 1094 Calle Empinado Novato, California 94949 Dan Spelling (415) 382-1126 379 01e RS En Note aux auteurs L'affiliation à la Société n'est pas obligatoire pour les auteurs. Toutefois les auteurs non affiliés à notre revue devront assumer le prix des planches (pas du texte) au prix courant. Les manuscrits seront rédigés en français ou en anglais. Les manuscrits doivent être dactylographiés et non justifiés à droite, les li- gnes étant espacées de deux interlignes, en laissant une marge de 3 cm. Deux copies seront envoyées avec l'original. Le nom de l'auteur et son adresse, ou celle de l'institution à laquelle il est affilié, devront être placés sous le titre. Un résumé en anglais et éventuellement en français ainsi que des mots clés doivent accompagner le texte. Les références bibliographiques seront placées, par ordre alphabétique d'auteurs, à la fin de l'article, sous la forme suivante : - Périodiques - KEEN, A.M. and G.B. CAMPBELL. 1964 Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda:Muricidae). Veliger, 7(1):46-57. - Livres - PRASHAD B., 1932. The Lamellibranchia of the Siboga Expedition. Systematic Part Il, Pelecypoda. Siboga-Expeditie, 53C, E.J. Brill, Lei- den, 353 pp., 9 pls. - Ouvrages composés - KEEN, AM., 1969, in MOORE. Treatise of Invertebrate Paleontology. Part N, Vol. 2, 952 pp. Les photographies en noir et blanc doivent être imprimées sur papier brillant et être au format final souhaité. Elles seront montées sur un support adéquat. Les illustrations et leurs légendes doivent être présentées dans une version définitive. La dimension maximum d'une planche doit être de 21 x 16 cm. Toute intervention de graphiste jugée nécessaire pour la présentation, sera facturée aux auteurs. l'est également possible d'inclure des planches couleurs mais uniquement aux frais des auteurs, au prix courant. Les illustrations (dessins, figures) seront tracées à l'encre noire, sur papier bristol blanc ou sur calque. Elles pourront éventuellement être réduites. Présentation des manuscrits pour publication : pour éviter de redactylogra- phier le texte au stade final, celui-ci peut être présenté, avant édition, sur disquette 5 1/4 ou 3" 1/2 initialisée pour IBM PC ou compatible sous DOS, selon l'un des formats suivants : Word, Wordperfect, ASCII ou DCA. Aucun code de TRAITEMENT DE TEXTE ne doit figurer sur la disquette, seu- lement du texte standard sans caractères italiques, gras ou soulignés. N'envoyez la disquette qu'avec le manuscrit définitif et corrigé. Dans le texte dactylographié les noms de genre et d'espèce seront frappés en caractères ftaliques ou soulignés. Les articles décrivant de nouvelles espèces ou sous-espèces ne seront acceptés que si les types primaires sont déposés dans un Musée ou une Institution scientifique. Le numéro d'inventaire éventuel sera spécifié. Une épreuve sera envoyée aux auteurs qui devront la renvoyer dans les plus brefs délais avec un minimum de modifications essentielles. Les frais de tout changement stylistique seront facturés. En ce qui concerne la présentation et la mise en page, les auteurs se réfé- reront à un article récemment paru et devront tenir compte des avis du comité de rédaction. Tirés-à-part : membre ou abonnés. Trente tirés-à-part, sont foumis gratuitement à (aux) auteur(s). Des exemplaires supplémentaires peuvent être commandés lors du renvoi des épreuves. Ceux-ci ainsi que les frais postaux seront à charge des auteurs. Non affiliés. Tirés-à-part à charge des auteurs à commander lors du renvoi des épreuves, avec obligation, s'ils en commandent, d'un mininum de 50 copies. Les manuscrits sont à envoyer à M. R. Houart, St Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Lan- den (Ezemaal), Belgique. Guidelines for Authors Membership is not mandatory for authors. Non-member authors will have to cover the costs of the plates (not the text) at current price. Texts must be written in French or in English. Manuscripts should be typed, double spaced, non justified with a 3 cm margin and accompanied by two copies. The name of the author, his address and his affiliation, should be placed under the title. À French and eventually an English summary as well as keywords are mandatory. Bibliographic references will be placed, in alphabetical order of authors, at the end of the article as: - Periodicals - KEEN, AM. and GB. CAMPBELL. 1964. Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda:Muricidae). Veliger, 7(1):46-57. - Books - PRASHAD B., 1932. The Lamellibranchia of the Siboga Expedition. Systematic Part Il, Pelecypoda. Siboga-Expeditie, 53C, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 353 pp. 9 pls. - Composite works - KEEN, AM. 1969, in MOORE. Treatise of Invertebrate Palaeontology. Part N, Vol. 2, 952 pp. Black and white photographs should be printed on glossy paper and be at the final format. They should be mounted adequately. The illustrations and their keys must be presented in a definitive version. The maximum size of a plate must be 21 cm x 16 cm. ff the intervention of a graphist designer is necessary for the presentation, it will be charged for to the author of the article. It is possible to include colour plates but only at authors costs (current price). Illustrations (drawings, figures) will be traced with black ink, on white Bristol or on tracing paper. They can be reduced. Preparation of manuscrits for publication: in order to avoid unnecessary retyping text, at the final stage, can be submitted in IBM/PC DOS format on 5" la or 3" 1/2 diskettes , in: Word, WordPerfect, ASCII or DCA format. No WoRD PROCESSOR codes on these diskettes just plain text only; by this we mean no italic, bold or underine whatsoever. Disks should be sent with revised manuscript rather than with the original submission. In the type-wnitten text, generic and specific names have to be underlined or have to be typed in falics. The articles describing new species or subspecies will be accepted only if the primary types are deposited in a Museum or a Scientific Institution. Mu- seum Inventory numbers of the type specimens have to be included in the manuscript. A proof sheet will be sent to the authors and retumed without delay with only a minimum of essential modifications. Any stylistic modification will be billed. For the layout authors will refer to a recently published article and take the Editorial Board remarks into account. Off print: members or subscribers. Thirty off prints, will be sent free of charge to the authors. More copies can be ordered when the proof sheets are retumed. Those as well as postcharges will be billed to the author. Non members: Off prints are available to the authors. In this case there is an obligation to order at least 50 copies when the proof sheets are retumed. They will be available at cost. Manuscripts have to be sent to M. R. Houant, St Jobsstraat, 8, 3400 Lan- den (Ezemaal), Belgium. oo | ET e\| — (NN — + ll [l (Il = 128 44 | — ÿ— & — = "M IN | 2 ES fard TRES eee E %, Ki a Ah